The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

296
The Last 80 Days Before the Elections Strategic Planning in the Obama Campaign CMCS Working Papers Blue Label Flóra Anna Rétfalvi

description

Strategic Planning in the Obama Campaign

Transcript of The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

Page 1: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

 

The  Last  80  Days  Before  the  Elections  Strategic  Planning  in  the  Obama  Campaign  

   

08  Autunno  

 CMCS  Working  Papers  -­‐  Blue  Label  

 

 Flóra  Anna  Rétfalvi  

Page 2: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

2  

                                                               

     

Page 3: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

3  

   

Flóra  Anna  Rétfalvi          

The  Last  80  Days  Before  the  Elections  

Strategic  Planning  in  the  Obama  Campaign                                        

Roma

Page 4: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

4  

           

 Published  by  Centre  for  Media  and  Communication  Studies  “Massimo  Baldini”  LUISS  University  Viale  Romania,  32  –  00197  Roma  RM  -­‐  Italy  Copyright  in  editorial  matters,  LUISS  CMCS  ©  2014  Copyright  “The  Last  80  Days  Before  the  Elections.  Strategic  Planning  in  the  Obama  Campaign”  Flóra  Anna  Rétfalvi  ©  2014    ISBN  978-­‐88-­‐6536-­‐017-­‐0    All  rights  reserved.  No  part  of  this  publication  may  be  reproduced,  stored  in  a  retrieval  system  or  transmitted  in  any  form  or  by  any  means  without  the  prior  permission  in  writing  of  the  publisher  nor  be  issued  to  the  public  or  circulated  in  any  form  of  binding  or  cover  other  than  that  in  which  it  is  published.  In  the  interests  of  providing  a  free  flow  of  debate,  views  expressed  in  this  CMCS  WP  are  not  necessarily  those  of  the  editors  or  the  LUISS  University.    CMCS  Working  Papers  are  peer-­‐reviewed  (double  blind  review  system)    CMCS  Working  Papers  –  Blue  Label  are  accepted  papers  but  not  peer-­‐reviewed        

         

Page 5: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

5  

Nota    

 Questo   saggio   fa   parte   della   serie   blu   dei   CMCS   Working  Papers.   La   serie   blu   (CMCS   Working   papers   -­‐   blue   label)  raccoglie   lavori   di   qualità,   realizzati   da   student*,   neo-­‐laureat*   e   giovani   studios*.   Questi   saggi   sono   stati  selezionati   da   una   commissione   editoriale   ma   non   sono  sottoposti  a  blind  peer  review.  

Page 6: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

6  

 

                               

Page 7: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

7  

 

Acknowledgements  

Foremost,   I   would   like   to   express  my   sincere   gratitude   to  

my   advisors   Prof.   Roberto   D’Alimonte   and   Prof.   Michele  

Sorice  for  the  continuous  support  of  my  Master  studies  and  

research,   for   their   patience,   motivation,   enthusiasm,   and  

immense   knowledge.   Their   guidance   helped   me   in   all   the  

time  of  research  and  writing  of  this  work.    

Besides   my   advisors,   a   special   thanks   to   HKS   Professor  

Steve  Jarding  for  his  support,  critics  and  input  to  this  work  

and  my   personal   progress.  Moreover   I   am   grateful   for   his  

permission  to  attend  his  classes  and  be  a  student  of  Harvard  

Kennedy  School  for  a  semester.    

Moreover   I   would   like   to   thank   all   of   the   staff   of   the   OFA  

Office:  Alex,  Esther,  Hannah,  Bay,  Chris,  Ryan,  my  campaign-­‐

family,   and   the   enthusiastic   volunteers   of   the   campaign:  

Ronnie   Werner,   Sue   Hubberd,   John   Titus,   Greg   Atkinson,  

Eva  Powers,   Larry  Drake   and   family   Schwarz,   you  made   it  

real.  

Last   but   not   the   least,   I  would   like   to   thank  my   family   for  

their  patience   in   the  research  period  and   for   their   support  

in  these  20  years  of  my  studies.  

Page 8: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

8  

Page 9: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

9  

 

Index

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS  .........................................................................  7  

INDEX  ..........................................................................................................  9  

LIST  OF  TABLES  ...........................................................................................  12  

1.  INTRODUCTION  ................................................................................  15  

1.1  METHOD  OF  ANALYSIS  ........................................................................  20  1.2  THE  ROAD  THAT  WE  HAVE  TRAVELLED  .............................................  24  WHO  IS  OBAMA?  .....................................................................................................  24  EARLY  LIFE  /  BIOGRAPHY  .....................................................................................  25  2008  CAMPAIGN  ....................................................................................................  26  2008-­‐2012  ............................................................................................................  26  1.3  HOW  DID  MODERN  POLITICAL  CAMPAIGNING  CHANGE  .....................  28  

2.  BATTLE-­‐GROUND  GAME  ................................................................  33  

2.1  ELECTORAL  SYSTEM  ............................................................................  36  2.2  SWING  STATES  .....................................................................................  43  2.2.1  WHAT  IS  A  SWING  STATE?  ..........................................................................  43  2.2.2  WHICH  STATES  ARE  SWING  STATES?  .......................................................  48  2.2.3  SHIFTS  AND  THE  TIPPING  POINT  ...............................................................  54  2.3  SWING  VOTERS  ....................................................................................  60  2.3.1  WHO  ARE  THE  SWING  VOTERS?  ................................................................  60  2.3.2  NATIONAL  PARTY  IDENTIFICATION  .........................................................  62  2.3.3  OBAMA  INDEPENDENTS  .............................................................................  71  2.4  PATH  TO  VICTORY  ..............................................................................  83  2.4.1  SWING  STATES  -­‐  WHICH  STATES?  ............................................................  86  2.4.2  PATHWAYS  ....................................................................................................  90  2.4.3  FACTS  AND  FIGURES  ....................................................................................  94  2.4.4  CORE  PROGRAM  ...........................................................................................  95  

THE  CAMPAIGN  ..................................................................................  101  

3.  FUNDRAISING  .................................................................................  105  

3.1  RECORD-­‐BREAKING  ..........................................................................  107  

Page 10: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

10  

3.2  WAYS  TO  RAISE  MONEY  ...................................................................  110  3.3  FUNDRAISING  STATISTICS  ...............................................................  114  3.4  FUNDRAISING  BEST  PRACTICE  ........................................................  118  3.5  TOP  CONTRIBUTORS  ........................................................................  124  3.6  RESULTS  AND  PROPORTIONS  ..........................................................  129  3.7  SPENDING  .........................................................................................  131  

4.  CAMPAIGN  COMMUNICATION  ...................................................  135  

4.1  EXTERNAL  COMMUNICATION  ..........................................................  140  4.1.1  TENDENCIES  ...............................................................................................  141  4.1.2  THE  DIGITAL  TEAM’S  CORE  PROGRAM  .................................................  145  4.1.3  THE  CAMPAIGN’S  WEBSITE  .....................................................................  146  4.1.4  VIDEO  COMPONENT  AND  YOUTUBE  .......................................................  148  4.1.5  EMAILS  .........................................................................................................  150  4.1.6  SOCIAL  MEDIA  .............................................................................................  154  a,  Twitter  .............................................................................................................  156  b,  Facebook  .........................................................................................................  158  4.1.7  WEB  DESIGN  ...............................................................................................  162  4.1.8  OLD  MEDIA  ..................................................................................................  164  4.1.9  THREE  PRIORITIES:  MESSAGING,  FUNDRAISING  AND  ORGANIZING  ...  166  a,  Messaging  .......................................................................................................  166  b,  Fundraising  ....................................................................................................  169  c,  Organizing  .......................................................................................................  170  4.1.10  CONCLUSIONS  ..........................................................................................  172  4.2  INTERNAL  COMMUNICATION  ...........................................................  175  4.2.1  METRICS-­‐DRIVEN  CAMPAIGN  ..................................................................  177  4.2.2  MERGING  SYSTEMS  ....................................................................................  180  4.2.3  NARWHAL  ...................................................................................................  181  4.2.4  DREAMCATCHER  ........................................................................................  183  4.2.5  DASHBOARD  ................................................................................................  185  

5.  THE  LAST  80  DAYS  OF  THE  CAMPAIGN  ..................................  189  

5.1  WHERE  DID  I  COME  FROM?  .............................................................  192  5.2  THE  FIRST  24  HOURS  .......................................................................  193  5.3  THE  OFFICE  .......................................................................................  197  5.4  TWO  DAYS  TRAINING  .......................................................................  203  5.5  NEIGHBORHOOD  TEAMS  ..................................................................  207  5.6  THE  FIRSTS  .......................................................................................  211  5.6.1  PHONE  BANKING  ........................................................................................  212  5.6.2  CANVASSING  ...............................................................................................  215  5.6.3  INSERTING  DATA  .......................................................................................  218  

Page 11: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

11  

5.7  LET  THE  COMMUNITY  GROW  ...........................................................  220  5.  8  DEBATES  ..........................................................................................  222  5.9  47  %  ................................................................................................  229  5.10  BILL  CLINTON  VISITS  NH  ..............................................................  232  5.11  HURRICANE  SANDY  .......................................................................  233  5.12  EVOLUTION  OF  THE  MESSAGE  .......................................................  234  5.12.1  VOTER  REGISTRATION  ............................................................................  238  5.12.2  PERSUASION  .............................................................................................  240  5.12.3  TURN  OUT  -­‐  GOTV  .................................................................................  241  5.13  ELECTION  DAY  ...............................................................................  244  

6.  RESULTS  AND  REFLECTIONS  .....................................................  249  

6.1  DEMOGRAPHICS  ...............................................................................  256  6.2  WHY  DID  REPUBLICANS  NOT  WIN?  .................................................  259  6.3  REFLECTIONS  ...................................................................................  262  

BIBLIOGRAPHY  ...................................................................................  263  

OFFLINE  SOURCES  ...................................................................................  265  ONLINE  SOURCES  ....................................................................................  267  OTHER  RELEVANT  PAGES  ......................................................................  279  

APPENDIX  .............................................................................................  290  

Page 12: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

12  

List  of  Tables  1.  Introduction  

 2.  Battleground  Game    

Picture  2.1:  Distribution  of  Electoral  Colleges  among  the  states  .......................................................................................................................  39  

Picture  2.2:  Voting  DNA  in  various  states  .......................................  41  Picture  2.3:  Initial  status  quo  ................................................................  42  Picture  2.4:  Map  of  swing  states  ..........................................................  45  Picture  2.5:  Turnout  differences  in  swing  states  .........................  47  Picture  2.6:  The  calculation  of  the  tipping  point  state  2012  ...  56  Picture  2.7:  State-­‐Level  Margins  Relative  to  the  Nation    

(Ordered  by  Shift  in  Relative  Vote)  ............................................................  58  Picture  2.8:  National  Party  Identification  1937-­‐2012  ...............  63  Picture  2.9:  Trends  in  Party  Identification  .....................................  64  Picture  2.10:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  

Republicans  ..........................................................................................................  66  Picture  2.11:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  

Democrats  .............................................................................................................  67  Picture  2.12:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  

Independents  .......................................................................................................  68  Picture  2.13:  Obama  as  Divider  ...........................................................  70  Picture  2.14:  Party  Identification  Among  Whites  ........................  74  Picture  2.15:  PID  among  white  voters  ..............................................  77  Picture  2.16:  How  we  win:  Expand  the  electorate  ......................  81  Picture  2.17:  Jim  Messina  –  Our  Mission  .........................................  85  Picture  2.18:  Battleground  states,  margins  and  results  ............  87  Picture  2.19:  Potential  Pathways  to  the  White  House  ...............  89  Picture  2.20:  Path  to  Victory,  by  Jim  Messina  ................................  93  Picture  2.21:  Key  methods  of  Generating  Votes  ...........................  98    

3.  Fundraising    

Picture  3.1:  Fundraising  Overall  ........................................................  110  Picture  3.2:  Fundraising  month  by  month  ....................................  116  Picture  3.3:  Money  raised  by  Sources  .............................................  117  Picture  3.4:  Outside  Spending  ............................................................  117  Picture  3.5:  Optimazation  of  Fundraising    Webform  ...............  121  Picture  3.6:  Top  Donors  ........................................................................  125  Picture  3.7:  Top  State  Donors  .............................................................  126  Picture  3.8:  Top  Industry  Donors  .....................................................  127  

Page 13: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

13  

Picture  3.9:  Top  Donors  for  Both  Candidates  from  Industries128  Picture  3.10:  Distribution  of  Donors  ...............................................  130  Picture  3.11:  Proportion  of  small-­‐  and  big  donors  ....................  131  Picture  3.12:  Spending  Related  to  Presidential  Race  ...............  132    

4.  Campaign  Communication    

Picture  4.1:  Online  platforms’  first  use  in  campaigns  ..............  142  Picture  4.2:  Subject  lines  for  the  E-­‐mails  .......................................  152  Picture  4.3:  Obama  Tweet  after  Elections  Day  ............................  157  Picture  4.4:  The  Facebook  Timeline  of  Barack  Obama  ............  159  Picture  4.5:  Web  Designer  and  Print  Designer  -­‐  Organigram163    

5.  The  last  80  days  of  the  campaign    

Picture  5.1:  Number  of  Campaign  Field  Offices  ..........................  199  Picture  5.2:  The  growth  of  Field  Offices  in  Swing  States  ........  201  Picture  5.3:  Volunteer  Hours  per  Week  in  2008  ........................  208  Picture  5.4:  Neighborhood  Team  Structure  .................................  210  Picture  5.5:  Exponential  Increase  of  Personal  Conversations212  Picture  5.6:  How  volunteers  first  got  involved  ...........................  220  Picture  5.7:  Debate  Calendar  ..............................................................  223  Picture  5.8:  First  Presidential  Debate’s  Perceptions  ................  225  Picture  5.9:  Perceptions  of  the  candidates  before  and  after  debate  ...........................................................................................................  228  Picture  5.10:  Voter  Registration  and  Margins  .............................  239    

6.  Results  and  Reflections    

Picture  6.1:  Results  in  swing  states  ..................................................  254  Picture  6.2:  Expections  and  Real  Outcomes  .................................  255  

Page 14: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

14  

 

Page 15: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

15  

1.  Introduction  

Page 16: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

16  

Page 17: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

17  

“Tonight,   in   this   election,   you,   the   American   people,   reminded   us  that  while  our  road  has  been  hard,  while  our  journey  has  been  long,  we  have  picked  ourselves  up,  we  have  fought  our  way  back,  and  we  know  in  our  hearts  that  for  the  United  States  of  America,  the  best  is  yet  to  come.”  

 President  Barack  Obama,    

Election  Night  Speech  (2012)  

   

012  was  an  intense  year  in  American  political  history.  Many   say   that   this  was   the   year  were   “history  was  made”.   The   2012   electoral   campaigns  were   intense  

and   spectacular.   Viewers   from   the   country   and   even   from  other   countries,   from   oversees   have   followed   this   day-­‐by-­‐day   battle   between   Gov.   Mitt   Romney   and   Pres.   Barack  Obama.  Closer  we  got  to  the  Election  Day,  more  the  tension  in   the   air   has   risen,   more   the   times   for   decision-­‐making  have   shrank   and   more   the   impact   of   certain   events   have  increased.  Therefore  we  will  examine  now  the  last  80  days  of  the  campaign,  before  Elections.  

Nonetheless   many   say   that   the   campaign   starts   right  after  the  candidate’s  election,  the  2012  Obama  race  officially  

2  

Page 18: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

18  

began   on   the   4th   of   April,   with   the   announcement   of  President   Barack   H.   Obama   running   for   President   of   the  United  States  of  America.  

Nevertheless  the  relatively  early  announcement  and  the  years   long   preparations   before   the   campaign;   the   last  couple  of  months  were  mainly   that  period  where  elections  were   decided.   Even   thought   we   will   have   an   outlook  towards   the   preliminary   happenings   and   factors   before  elections   to  draw  a  broad  picture,  but  we  will   rather   focus  on  the  last  80  days  before  Election  Day,  November  6th.  For  that   time   of   a   being   the   frames   and   the   principles   of   the  famous   Obama-­‐machine   were   practically   built   up   and  settled,   it  only  had   to  be  extended,   intensified  and   last  but  not  least  escalated  in  the  GOTV  period,  the  last  3  weeks.  So  on  the  next  pages  we  will  first  understand  the  structure  and  the   organization   of   the   Obama   machine,   then   review   it’s  functioning   and   operative   principles   to   gain   a   clear  explanation  of  how  did  Obama  win  the  2012  elections?  

Why   not   a   comparative   analysis   between   2008   and  2012?  

This  can  be  a  reasonable  question  as  many  analysts  are  focusing  on  the  main  differences  between  one  and  the  other  campaign.  In  our  case  the  core  questions  of  the  analysis  are  why  the  Obama  campaign  was  efficient?  What  elements  had  to  be  established  and  strengthened  to  have  a  visible  output?  And  how  did  they  coordinate  these  elements?    

Although   there   are   some   parts   that   reframe   the   2008  campaign  we  will   see  how  old  components  were   reformed  and/or   developed   and   what   kind   of   innovations   were  implemented   this   time.   Our   aim   is   to   understand   how   the  2012  edition  of  the  Obama  campaigns  achieved  its  goals  and  what  it  took  to  be  reelected.  

 

Page 19: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

19  

This   analysis   won’t   take   in   consideration   the   political  content  of  campaigning.  We  won’t  focus  on  social  statistics,  sensibility   towards  certain  policies;  neither  will  we   look  at  the   political   background   of   the   parties   or   the   candidates.  What  we  will  do  in  this  thesis   is  more  of  an  understanding  of  the  operation  and  execution  of  a  modern,  or  a  better  to  say,   the   current   most   innovative   campaign   in   political  history.  

What   we   will   take   into   account   are   those   American  characteristics  that  allow  the  existence  of  such  a  campaign.  I   will   try   to   give   a   complete   picture   of   those   background  information   that   are   required   to   understand   some   specific  parts  and  reasons  of   strategy  and  structure.  At   this  point   I  find   it  necessary  to  underline  the  correspondence  between  some   American   particularities   and   the   functioning   of   the  campaign.  What  do   I  mean?  The  Obama  2012  campaign   in  it’s  form  could  work  so  uniquely  only  in  the  USA  in  the  year  2012  due  to  the  country’s  electoral  system,  privacy  law  and  social   culture.     It   could   be   an   interesting   point   of   view   to  examine   the   relevancy  of   the  Obama2012’s   components   in  various  countries,  but  the  results  would  be  unquestionably  diverse   due   the   diversity   of   the   countries’   regulation   and  social  background.    In  this  light  I  will  try  to  give  an  insight  to  those  peculiarities  that  are  valid  only  in  the  USA  and  will  try  to   assure   enough   information   to   understand   why   this  campaign  could  work.    

 Fortunately   unlike   many   analysts   and   journalists   who  

gave  explanations  and  insight  about  the  Obama  campaign,  I  had   that   rare   opportunity   to   take   part   in   the   Obama  campaign  as   a  European  member.  This   aspect  of  mine   is   a  unique   combination   of   a   participant’s   statement   and   a  European   political   analyst.   Contemporary   to   this   work  

Page 20: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

20  

experience   I   was   attending   two   courses   at   the   Harvard  Kennedy   School,   in   Cambridge   held   by   Prof.   Steve   Jarding,  former   campaign   manager   called   “The   making   of   a  politician”   and   “Running   for   Office   and   Managing  Campaigns”.   This   academic   background   knowledge   gave   a  great  theoretical  support  to  my  empirical  experiences.  

 I  will  implement  my  empirical  experiences  the  same  as  my   scientific   research,   and   will   try   to   give   a   linear  argumentation   of   its   pragmatism.   Based   on   this   complex  point   of   view   specific   trends   and   elements   of   modern  political  campaigning  might  be  described  in  a  particular  way  and   understood   better   for   those   who   lack   scientific  knowledge   of   American   politics   and   law   and/or   modern  political  communication  and  campaigning.  

   

1.1  Method  of  analysis    “It’s  about  the  candidate.  It’s  about  the  message.  It’s  about  where  they’re  going  to  lead  this  country  with  a  vision.”  

Jim  Messina,  Campaign  Manager  (2012)  

   

This   work   is   divided   into   six   main   chapters.   The  introductory   part   serves   as   an   antipasto   to  make   appetite  for  diving  into  the  depth  of  the  topic.  First  of  all  we  will  have  a  review  of  how  modern  political  campaigns  have  changed.  What   are   the  main  differences  between  now  and   then.  We  will   see   a   short   summary   about   modern   political  campaigning   and   about   Barack   Obama   himself,   mostly  focusing   on   his   last   term   and   it’s   communicational   issues.  These   information  give  us   a  wider  picture   to   establish  our  

Page 21: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

21  

knowledge.  Taking   a   step   ahead,   in   the   second   chapter,   it   is  

necessary  to  understand  the  American  electoral  system  and  some  of  the  social  characteristics,  as  this  define  the  path  to  victory.  Electoral  system  and  privacy  law  give  the  frames  of  the  battleground  game  that  both  parties  were  playing  in  the  elections,   actually   since   the   beginning   of   electoral   history.  Traditional  political  background  reveals  us  which  are  swing  states   and   where   are   the   swing   voters   who   have   to   be  targeted   and   persuaded   to   win   the   presidential   seat.   In  addition  we  will   have   a   clear   explanation  what   it   took   for  the   Obama   campaign   to   win,   what   were   the   options   to  succeed  and  so  where  were  the  focus  points.  If  we  have  the  rules  clear,  we  understand  the  game  better.  

In   our   third   part   we   arrive   to   the   analysis   of   the  campaign   itself.   We   will   focus   on   elements   that   are  necessary   to  get  an   insight  of   the  whole   system.  Therefore  we  will  start  with   fundraising  and  how  money  was  raised  for   the   campaign.   We   will   review   some   facts   and   figures,  explain   some   statistics,   but   however   we   won’t   enter   into  merits   of   the   financial   background   and   dynamism   of   the  campaign,  mainly  because   this   thesis   focuses  on  a  political  communication   aspect,   also   because   nevertheless   the  transparency  requirements,  campaign  finances  are  always  a  foggy  issue  for  analysts.  After  all  it  is  essential  that  we  know  how   American   campaign   finances   work   from   a  communicational   perspective,   how   they   sell   the   campaign,  and  to  whom.  It  is  interesting  to  see  the  differences  between  the  two  parties  fundraising  methods  and  their  targets.  

And  than  we  arrive  to  one  of  the  most   important  parts  of   this   dissertation:   campaign   communication.   Many  speak  about  Facebook  and  other  social  media  when   it  gets  to   political   communication.   In   my   opinion   there   is   much  

Page 22: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

22  

more  to  examine  and  to  understand  when  we  search  for  key  communicational  effects  used  by  this  campaign.  It  would  be  bald  to  look  only  at  ads  and  profiles  that  we  can  see  only  at  the  surface,  nonetheless  this  is  one  side  of  the  coin.  But  the  other   side   is   as   much   important,   and   this   would   be   the  internal  communication.  For  this  reason  I  decided  to  divide  the   chapter   in   two   parts   when   speaking   about  communication,   once   we   will   have   a   look   at   the   external  communication  what  topic  many  researchers  have  handled  and   second  we  will   take   a   journey   behind   the   scenes   and  view   the   internal   communication,   database   building   and  information  flow  models  and  so  on.  

To  understand  in  detail  the  various  IT  systems  and  their  use   it   is   essential   to   proceed   with   our   analysis   in   this  direction,   as   this   gives   the   frame   of   the   nationwide  organization.   Well-­‐established   internal   communication  channels  help   the  workflow  and   the   coordination  between  thousands  of  staff  and  volunteers  nationwide  contemporary  from  a  small  office  in  Chicago.    

The  fifth  part  of  the  next  argumentation  focuses  on  the  campaign’s   operative   functioning.   As   previously  mentioned,   given   the   fact   that   I   could   participate   as  volunteer   and   later   on   collaborate   as   staff   member   to   the  Organizing   for   America   organization   in   the   Field   Office   of  Portsmouth,   New   Hampshire,   I   have   decided   to   give   a  picture   from   the   inside   out   and   through   my   own  experiences   we   will   not   only   examine   the   everyday   life  within   the   campaign,   but   brighten   the   view   to   the   whole  campaign.   The   reason   why   I   find   this   method   convenient  and  the  most  efficient  is  mainly  because  as  our  Field  Office  has  worked,  so  did  hundreds  of  others  work  nationwide.  

Within  the  same  chapter  we  will  have  a  look  to  what  it  was   all   about.   What   the   money   and   the   established  

Page 23: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

23  

communication  system  was  used   for?  And  how?  What  was  the   message   and   how   it   was   coordinated   internally   and  externally?   How   did   they   build   up   such   a   historical  movement?   How   did   they   recruit   thousands   of   volunteers  without   necessarily   increasing   costs?   And   what   were   the  principles   in   allocating   staff   members?   Or   in   planning   the  President’s  journeys?  How  did  the  message  evolve  while  the  campaign?   How   did   they   mobilize   and   direct   this   mega  machine?   And   last   but   not   least   what   legacy   does   this  campaign  leave  to  us?  

The   answers   to   these   questions   reveal   the   soul   of   the  Obama   2012   campaign.   I   have   combined   newspaper  articles,   scientific   literature   and   empirical   experiences   to  give  a  broad  and  extensive  picture  of  operative  functioning.  Going  through  a  chronological  order  we  will  not  only  get  an  insight   in  my   experiences,   but  will   have   an   outlook   to   the  historical   events   that   had   a   social   impact   and   defined   the  campaign   strategies,   just   like   the   Democratic   Convention,  the   Bengazi   case,   governor   Romney’s   47%   speech,   the  presidential  and  vice-­‐presidential  debates,  Hurricane  Sandy  and  last  but  not   least  the  GOTV  mission.  This   last  one,  the  get-­‐out-­‐the-­‐vote   mission   is   not   necessarily   an   event   that  was  observed  by  the  whole  country,  but  it  was  the  diamond  on  the  campaigns  “crown”.  These  last  3  weeks,  better  to  say  this   last   weekend   before   the   election  was   the  magnificent  escalation   of   the  whole   campaign,   that   seems   to   be   only   a  preparation   for   this  mission,   like   a   rehearsal   for   the   great  performance.  We  will  see  at  great  length  how  it  worked  and  what  results  it  had.    

Now  that  we  have  examined  the  rules  and  frames  of  the  game,  know  more  about  the  why’s  that  determine  strategic  decision-­‐making,   had   an   insight   in   key-­‐fields   of   the  campaign,   such   as   fundraising,   internal   and   external  

Page 24: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

24  

communication   and   organization-­‐building   and   the   events  that  could  have  determined  the  campaign  and  it’s  outcome,  we  can  get  to  our  conclusions.  In  this  sixth  and  last  chapter  we  will   give   utterance   to   some   reflections   on  what   did   de  facto   help   Barack   Obama   to   re-­‐win   the   elections.   We   will  assume  all   the  background  knowledge  gained   in   the   thesis  to  reach  our  final  results  relevant  to  the  US  demographics,  to   the  Republican  campaign   results  and   to   the   twenty-­‐first  century  campaigning.  

   1.2  The  road  that  we  have  travelled    “We  want  to  create  a  powerful  display  of  support.  Neighborhoods  by  neighborhood,  block-­‐by-­‐block,  as  proof  that  Americans  are  ready  for  real  change  on  these  key  issues.  “  

Jeremy  Bird  Deputy  National  Field  Director  

(2012)    

Without   entering   into   the  merits  of   a  political   analysis  of   Barack   Obama’s   former   years   or   first   presidential  mandate,   we   will   just   assume   the   core   points   of   these   to  emphasize   the   understanding   of   the   2012   campaign.   We  need  to  know  who  Obama  is  and  what  the  focus  points  of  his  first   term   were   to   know   what   the   2012   campaign   could  possibly  use  as  key  messages,  but  as  I  mentioned,  we  won’t  give  a  complete  political  analysis  of  these.  Who  is  Obama?  

After  a  22-­‐month   long  campaign,  on  November  the  4th,  2008,  Sen.  Barack  Obama  was  elected  as  the  44th  president  of   the  United   States.  He   took   the   oath   of   office   on   January  the  20th,  2009,  and  became  the  first  black  U.S.  president.  

Four   years   later,   on   November   the   6th,   2012,   Obama  

Page 25: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

25  

was   re-­‐elected,   narrowly   defeating   Republican   nominee  Mitt  Romney.  Obama  prevailed  in  both  the  Electoral  College  (303  to  206)  and  the  popular  vote  (50%  to  48%)  by  taking  several  crucial  battle  states,  including  Colorado,  Iowa,  Ohio,  New  Hampshire,  Virginia,  and  Wisconsin.1  Early  life  /  Biography  

Barack   Hussein   Obama   was   born   August   4,   1961   in  Honolulu,  Hawaii.  He  has  graduated  at  Columbia  University  and  Harvard   Law   School,  where   he   served   as   president   of  the  Harvard  Law  Review2.  Since  the  beginning,  Obama  was  a  fan  of  canvassing  and  volunteering3,  it  confirms  that  he  was  a   community   organizer   in   Chicago   before   earning   his   law  degree.   He   started   his   political   career   serving   three   terms  by  representing  the  13th  District  in  the  Illinois  Senate4  from  1997   to   2004,   nevertheless   in   2000   he   ran   unsuccessfully  for  the  United  States  House  of  Representatives.  

It  was   in  2004  when  Obama   first   received  national  attention   firstly   because   of   his   campaign   to   represent  Illinois   in   the   United   States   Senate   at   the   primaries   that  ended   with   his   victory5,   secondly   because   of   his   keynote  address6  at  the  Democratic  National  Convention  in  July,  and    thirdly  because  of  his  election  to  the  Senate  in  November.                                                                                                                  1   Information   Please:   http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0930136.html  [Accessed:  03.08.2013]  2  He  was  the  first  African-­‐American  president  of  the  Harvard  Law  Review.  3  Referring  to  campaign’s  staff  members  telling.  4  He  served  on  the  Senate's  Health,  Education,  Labor,  and  Pensions  Committee;  the  Foreign  Relations  Committee;  the  Veteran's  Affairs  Committee;  and  the  Environment  and  Public  Works  Committee.  5   In   2004,   he  was   elected   to   the  U.S.   Senate,  winning  with   70%  of   the  vote   against   the   conservative   black   Republican,   Alan   Keyes.   Obama  became   the   only   African-­‐American   serving   in   the   U.S.   Senate   (and   the  fifth  in  U.S.  history).  6   Obama's   eloquent   keynote   speech   at   the   2004   Democratic   National  Convention  earned  him  wide  praise  and  cemented  his  reputation  as  one  of  the  party's  freshest  and  most  inspirational  new  faces.  

Page 26: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

26  

2008  Campaign  By  taking  advantage  of  the  Internet  and  the  power  of  

text   messaging   on   mobile   phones,   Obama   ran   an  innovative   campaign   that   appealed   to   young   voters.  Avoiding  public   financing  for  his  election,  Obama  raised  an  unprecedented  amount  of  money  mainly  from  small  donors.  He   began   his   presidential   campaign   in   2007,   and   in   2008,  after   a   close   primary   campaign   against   Hillary   Rodham  Clinton,  he  won  sufficient  delegates  in  the  Democratic  Party  primaries   to   receive   the   presidential   nomination.   Prior   to  the   financial   crisis,   the   wars   in   Iraq   and   Afghanistan  dominated   the   campaign.   Obama   presented   himself   as   the  candidate  for  change  and  stressed  that  a  McCain  presidency  would  mirror  the  policies  of  the  Bush  administration.    2008-­‐20127  

Obama   took   office   in   the   middle   of   a   relentless  recession,  therefore  he  had  to  focus  on  economical  issues.  As   a   response   to   the   “Great   Recession’   he   signed   the  American  Recovery   and  Reinvestment  Act   of   2009,   a   $787  billion  spending  bill  designed  to  create  jobs  and  reignite  the  economy.   In   2010   he   continued   with   the   Tax   Relief,  Unemployment  Insurance  Reauthorization,  the  Dodd–Frank  Wall   Street   Reform   and   Consumer   Protection   Act   and   Job  Creation  Act.    

Other   major   domestic   initiatives   in   his   first   term  included   the   reforms   on   health   care   that   was   a   chief  legislative   goal   and   a   major   campaign   promise.   Patient  Protection   and   Affordable   Care   Act   -­‐   often   referred   to   as  "Obamacare"   -­‐   and   the   expansion  of  Medicaid  were  one  of  the  major  victories  for  Obama.  

                                                                                                               7  Issues  of  the  Obama  campaign:  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2012-­‐obama-­‐issues.html  [Accessed:  20.11.2012]  

Page 27: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

27  

In   foreign   policy,   Obama   ended   U.S.   military  involvement   in   the   Iraq  War,   increased  U.S.   troop   levels   in  Afghanistan,   signed   the   New   START   arms   control   treaty  with  Russia,  ordered  U.S.  military  involvement  in  Libya,  and  ordered  the  military  operation  that  resulted  in  the  death  of  Osama  bin  Laden.8    

On   social   issues,   Obama   won   praise   from   the   gay  community  and  its  supporters.  In  December  2010,  he  signed  the  repeal  of  the  Don't  Ask  Don't  Tell  military  policy,  and  in  May  2012  he  came  out  in  support  of  gay  marriage.  

In   the   November   2010   midterm   elections,   the  Republicans   regained   control   of   the   House   of  Representatives   as   the   Democratic   Party   lost   a   total   of   63  seats,  and  after  a  lengthy  debate  over  federal  spending  and  whether   or   not   to   raise   the   nation's   debt   limit,   Obama  signed   the   Budget   Control   Act   of   2011   and   the   American  Taxpayer   Relief   Act   of   2012,   as   in   the   fall   of   2012,   there  were   signs   that   the   recovery   from   the  2008   recession  had  stalled   with   job   growth   continuing   to   come   up   short,   the  unemployment   rate   hovering   at   8%,   and   the   stock  market  experiencing  ups  and  downs.9  

These   were   the   main   pillars   of   Obama’s   first  presidential  term  that  framed  the  messages  and  arguments  of   the  2012  campaign.  We  will   see   later  how   they  built  up  and   coordinated   the   communication   of   these   messages   to  make  it  more  effective   in  having  an  impact  on  the  targeted  electorate.  

 

                                                                                                               8  Information  Please:  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2008-­‐barack-­‐obama.html  [Accessed:  11.10.2012]  9   Information   Please:  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2012-­‐obama-­‐issues.html  [Accessed:15.10.2012]  

Page 28: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

28  

1.3  How  did  modern  political  campaigning  change    “We  knew  who  we  were  -­‐  a  grassroots  campaign  to  the  core.”  

 David  Plouffe,  describing  the  Obama    for  America  presidential  campaign    

(2009)      

As   we   all   might   see,   political   campaign   strategies   and  techniques   have   rapidly   and   profoundly   evolved   and  transformed   in   the   last   two   decades.   Over   the   last   8-­‐10  years  a  new  model  of  professional  political  campaigning  has  emerged   with   high-­‐level   consultancy   and   greater   citizen  engagement,   fueled   with   access   to   online   communication.  Based   on   the   excellent   book   of   Dennis   W.   Johnson   called  ‘Campaigning   in   the   twenty-­‐first   century’10   let   us   aim   to  assume  the  focal  points  of  modern  campaigning.  But  first,  in  order  to  understand  the  differences,  let  us  name  what  the  traditional  campaign  was  alike?  Johnson  listed  7  main  characteristics11:  

1. Political   consultants   were   always   a   dominant   and  defining  factor  in  framing  a  campaign.  

2. A  top-­‐down  method  defined  internal  communication.  3. Television   was   the   chief   channel   of   mass-­‐

communication.  4. Campaigns  had  enough  time  to  prepare  messages,  to  

reply  to  opponent  and  they  had  time  for  decision-­‐making.  5. Instinct,   guesswork   and   past   experience   played   a  

main  role  in  strategic  planning.  6. Big-­‐ticket   events   were   the   primary   fundraising  

methods.  

                                                                                                               10  Johnson,  D.W.:  “Campaigning  in  the  Twenty-­‐first  Century”,  Routledge,  New  York,  2011.  p.  5  11  Johnson,  D.  W.  [2011].  pp.  4-­‐5  

Page 29: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

29  

7. Voters  were  basically  spectators.    But   with   the   diffusion   of   some   information  

technological   inventions   -­‐   such   as   Internet   -­‐   and   it’s  common   use,   everyday   life   and   also   political   campaigning  changed.   Referring   to   Johnson   “by   the   2008   presidential  election  contest,  online  communication  had  truly  come  into  its   own   as   a   significant   force.”12   In   the   course   of   time  Internet   proved   to   be   a   relatively   inexpensive,   but   an  effective  way  for  spreading  ideas,  recruiting  supporters  and  collecting  funds.    

The   2008   Obama   campaign   implemented   many  innovative   forms   of   online   communication,   use   of   social  media,  cell  phones  and  television  and  last  but  not  least  they  were  able   to   integrate  both  online  and  offline  elements  into  one  campaign.  David  Plouffe,  campaign  manager  2008,  stated  that  technology  “was  core  to  our  campaign  from  Day  One  and  it  only  grew  in  importance.”13    

But   here  we   have   to   state   a   cardinal   observation   that  there  was  nothing  extremely  new  about  technology,  nothing  unexpected   and   without   precedent.   But   the   use   of  technology   was   new.   The   key   was   strategic   and   organic  integration  of  online  campaigning  that  was  complementary  to  traditional  political  campaigning.  

Following  the  7  characteristics  collected  by  Johson  and  listed   previously,  we   review   them  one   by   one   and   give   an  additional   description   of   what   has   changed   and   why   is  twenty-­‐first  century  campaigning  different:  

 1. Even  though  consultants  are  still  present  in  political  campaigning,   the   ground   has   changed:   the   more  

                                                                                                               12  Idem  p.  4  13  Plouffe,  The  Audacity  to  Win  [2009]  p.  237  

Page 30: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

30  

possible   channels   of   communications   we   have   on  our   disposal   for   campaigning,   the   more   the  probability  of  chaos  grows.  The  more  chaos  grows,  the  more  coordination  is  required.  Therefore  there  will   be   a   higher   need   for   clear   and   consequent  lead  in  campaign  management.  

2. Given  the  accessibility  of  online  communication  the  top-­‐down   model   is   replaced   by   a   more   fluid  model,   which   means   a   more   horizontal   way   of  organization   and   this   might   encourage   citizens   to  give  their  input  and  be  involved.  

3. Television   continues   to   be   a   high   profile   medium  for  campaign  advertising  but  completely  new  ways  of   reach   out   were   established   given   the   IT  development.  

4. Politics   have   speeded   up   dramatically   and   are  expected   to   be   responsive   and   ready   24   hours   a  day.  

5. Strategies   and   decision-­‐making   are   based   on  research,  data  collection   and  metrics.  There   is  no  more  need  of  intuition  and  guesswork.  

6. Due   to   the   Internet   also   fundraising   has   changed.  The   composition   of   donors   got   more   diverse   as  after  the  big-­‐dollar  givers  numerous  small-­‐amount  donors  appeared.  

7. Thanks   to   online   communication   voters   have   the  opportunity   and   a   greater   sense   of   participation  in  a  campaign.    

Collecting   the   core   points   of   the   twenty-­‐first   century  campaigning   we   had   a   review   of   innovations   in   political  campaigns   in   general.   With   the   broad   examination   of  President  Obama’s  political  background  and  the  evolution  of  

Page 31: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

31  

political   campaigns   we   got   known   some   fundamental  elements   that   are   required   as   a   background   knowledge   to  understand   better   why   Obama   won   in   2012.   Let   us   now  proceed   with   the   definition   of   the   why’s   and   how’s   of  potential  strategies  as  paths  to  victory.  

Page 32: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

32  

 

Page 33: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

33  

             2.  Battle-­‐ground  game  

Page 34: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

34  

Page 35: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

35  

                     “…close,  but  nevertheless  decisive…”  

2012  US  election  reaction  The  Agenda  with  Steve  Palkin  

     very   political   campaign   plans   its   strategy   based   on  certain   characteristics   of   its   country.   There   are  numerous  aspects  that  can  be  taken  in  consideration  

while   planning   the   campaign   some   more,   some   less  determinative.   For   example   the   electoral   system   and  relative   regulation   stated   in   the   law   are   fairly   concrete   to  adjust   to.   Demographic   questions   are   quite   influential  circumstances  that  affect  campaign  strategies:  first  it’s  core  messages   -­‐  key   issues  and  policy  concepts  may  vary  based  on   targeted   demographic   groups;   second   the   campaign’s  selected   communication   channels,   as   social   media   and  mobile   apps   got   primarily   to   younger   voters,   but   mailing  reaches   easier   the   elder   groups   of   the   society.  Geography  can   be   taken   in   consideration   whilst   planning.   It   can   be  important   regarding   state   visits   and   presidential   travels,  calculating   timeframes   for   volunteers   or   allocating   certain  social   groups   living   area.   Fundraising   and   it’s   relevant  

E  

Page 36: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

36  

questions   such   as   whom   should   I   address   my   message   of  fundraising?  How  should   I  do   it,   using  what   channel?  How  could  I  motivate  people  to  fund  my  campaign,  are  there  any  additional   activities   I   could   utilize   to   increase   donation  purposes?    

It   this   next   chapter   we   will   bring   into   focus   all   those  significant   background   information   that   define   the   path   to  victory.   We   examine   the   electoral   system   to   enter   into  details  of  what   it  means   to  win  a   swing-­‐state,  who  are   the  swing  voter  and  what  it  takes  to  cast  270  electoral  votes.    2.1  Electoral  system  

 The   electoral   system   functions   like   the   rules   of   a   game,  defining   what   moves   you   can   make   and   urging   the  optimization  of  decision-­‐making  and  planning.  Therefore   it  has  high  importance  that  we  understand  very  well  how  the  American   electoral   system   works,   taking   in   consideration  the   traditions,   social   factors,   previous   statistics   and  experiences.  So  let  us  jump  into  it.  

The  United  States  constitution  specifies  that  a  president  must   be   elected   every   four   years   and   can   accomplish   a  mandate  only   twice.  Candidates  must  be  at   least  35-­‐years-­‐old   and   a   US   citizen   born   in   the   US.   However   some  additional  criteria  in  the  eligibility  regulation  might  differ  from  state  to  state.  

Potential   presidential   candidates   form   an   "exploratory  committee"   to   gather   support   from   party   followers   and  lobby  donors  to  assure  their  campaign  contributions.  If  they  believe   they   have   enough   support,   they   inform   federal  authorities   that   they   are   in   race   and   start   their   serious  

Page 37: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

37  

fundraising  journey  and  state-­‐to-­‐state  campaigning  for  their  party's  nomination.14  

The   primary   is   the   first   step   in   choosing   a   party's  candidate.   In   the   US,   voters   who   declare   support   for   one  party   or   another   get   to   choose   from   a   list   that   is   put  together  by  their  party.  

US  presidential  elections  are  always  held  in  November.  State   primaries   begin   the   preceding   January   with  candidates  campaigning  against  other   running  members  of  their   same   party   for   the   nomination.   In   2008   we   could  witness   the   incredibly   close   race   between  Hillary   Rodham  Clinton  and  Barack  Obama,   in  2012  governor  Mitt  Romney  had   to   get   through   the   primary   elections   and   convince  Republican   electors   of   his   capability   to   lead   the   country.15  The  primaries  end  at  the  parties’  conventions.  The  delegates  from  each  state  formally  choose  their  champion  to  continue  the  race  as  presidential  candidate  but   this   time  against   the  other  parties’  nominees.  The  winning  candidate  also  names  a  vice-­‐presidential  running  mate.  

After   the   primaries   the   parties   announce   their  candidate  and  so  the  presidential  campaign  can  get  started.  Although   first   they   set   a   nationwide  publicity   to   introduce  the  nominees  and  their  core  politics,  the  race  ends  up  with  a  

                                                                                                               14  BBC  NEWs,  How  the  elections  works:  http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/spl/hi/americas/04/us_election/election_process/html/rules.stm  [Accessed:  22.11.2012]  15  “Delegates  at  the  party's  national  convention  in  the  summer  make  the  final   selection.   In   the   primaries,   voters   select   these   delegates,   who   in  most  cases  have  pledged   to  support  a  particular  candidate.  Candidates  need  a  majority  of  delegates  at  the  convention  to  win.  Some  states,  such  as   Iowa,   use   a   caucus   system   rather   than   primaries   to   choose   their  delegates.  Whereas  in  primaries  people  simply  indicate  at  the  ballot  box  which  delegates  they  support,  caucuses  are  more  complex  and  work  by  selecting   delegates   through   a   number   of   stages.”   BBC  NEWs,http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/spl/hi/americas/04/us_election/election_process/html/rules.stm  [Accessed:  24.11.2012]  

Page 38: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

38  

particular   focus   on   the   so-­‐called   swing   states   and   the  persuasion   of   the   swing   voters.   But  what   does   this  mean?  And  how  does  this  work?  

First  we  need  to  understand  what  an  Electoral  College  means.  The  Electoral  College  is  a  process,  not  a  place.  This  is  what  makes  the  American  presidential  elections  indirect.   It  was   set   in   the   Constitution   as   a   compromise   between  election  of  the  President  by  a  vote  in  Congress  and  election  of  the  President  by  a  popular  vote  of  qualified  citizens.  The  Electoral  College  consists  of  538  electors16.  You  help  choose  your   state’s   electors  when   you   vote   for   President   because  when  you  vote  for  your  candidate  you  are  actually  voting  for  your  candidate’s  electors.  A  majority  of  270  electoral  votes  is   required   to   elect   the   President17,   so   that   is   the   number  

                                                                                                               16  NARA-­‐  US  National  Archives  and  Records  Administration,  Who  selects  the  Electors?  http://www.archives.gov/federal-­‐register/electoral-­‐college/electors.html#selection  [Accessed:  12.01.2013]  The  process   for   selecting  Electors  varies   throughout   the  United  States.  Generally,   the   political   parties   nominate   Electors   at   their   State   party  conventions  or  by  a  vote  of  the  party’s  central  committee  in  each  State.  Each   candidate   will   have   his   or   her   own   unique   slate   of   potential  Electors   as   a   result   of   this   part   of   the   selection   process.   Electors   are  often  chosen  to  recognize  service  and  dedication  to  their  political  party.  They  may  be  State-­‐elected  officials,  party  leaders,  or  persons  who  have  a  personal  or  political  affiliation  with  the  Presidential  candidate.  On  Election  Day,  the  voters  in  each  State  choose  the  Electors  by  casting  votes  for  the  presidential  candidate  of  their  choice.  The  Electors’  names  may  or  may  not  appear  on  the  ballot  below  the  name  of  the  candidates  running   for   President,   depending   on   the   procedure   in   each   State.   The  winning   candidate   in   each   State—except   Nebraska   and   Maine,   which  have   proportional   distribution   of   the   Electors—is   awarded   all   of   the  State’s  Electors.   In  Nebraska  and  Maine,   the   state  winner   receives   two  Electors   and   the   winner   of   each   congressional   district   receives   one  Elector.  This   system  permits   the  Electors   from  Nebraska  and  Maine   to  be  awarded  to  more  than  one  candidate.  17  NARA-­‐  US  National  Archives  and  Records  Administration:  http://www.archives.gov/federal-­‐register/electoral-­‐college/about.html  [Accessed:  25.01.2013]  

Page 39: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

39  

both   sides   aim   to   win   to   claim   the   White   House.   This  process  makes  the  American  electoral  system  indirect.  

Each   state,   plus   Washington   DC,   is   awarded   with   a  certain  number  of  electoral  votes  based  roughly  on  size  and  demographics.   California,   America's   largest   state,   gets   55  votes   while   sparsely   populated   Wyoming   gets   only   three.  You   can   see   the   states   and   their   electoral   votes   illustrated  on  the  next  page.  All  but  two  states  use  a  winner-­‐takes-­‐all  system18,  so  if  you  win  the  most  votes  in  a  state  you  take  its  entire  haul  of  Electoral  College  votes.  19  

 

Picture  2.1:  Distribution  of  Electoral  Colleges  among  the  states  [Source:http://www.worldatlas.com/webimage/countrys/namerica/usstates/electorl.htm]  

                                                                                                               18  Maine  and  Nebraska  each  have  a  variation  of  “proportional  representation.”  19  Telegraph,  US  Election  Guide:  http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/us-­‐election/9480396/US-­‐Election-­‐guide-­‐how-­‐does-­‐the-­‐election-­‐work.html  [Accessed:  02.02.2013]  

Page 40: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

So  how  do   they  go  about   reaching  270?  We  will   speak  about  the  Obama  campaign’s  electoral  strategy  in  detail,  but  now  let  us  see  in  general  what  it  takes  to  win  the  majority  of  the   electoral   votes.   States   vary   following   their   so-­‐called  voting  DNA.  This  means  that  most  of  the  citizens  of  a  certain  state   will   predominantly   vote   for   one   or   the   other   main  party.   This   makes   them   become   blue   or   red   states,   that  mean   that   they   are   solidly   committed   to   one   party   -­‐   for  example   California   is   unfailingly   Democrat   while   Texas  always  goes  Republican.  

But  there  is  a  small  group  of  around  a  dozen  of  the  so-­‐called  swing  states.   These  are   states  with   less  predictable  voting   behavior,   as   they   sometimes   vote   Democrat   and  sometimes   vote   Republican.   Like   Florida,   Ohio   and   Iowa,  these   swing   states   are   the   main   target   of   presidential  campaigns   as   basically   they   decide   the   outcome.   The  campaigns   will   focus   their   time,   their   money   and   their  resources   on   winning   these   swing   states.   Swing   voters   in  these  states  are  overwhelmed  with  advertising  and  endless  visits  from  the  candidates.  

You   can   see   the   colored   states   on   the   following   chart:  yellow  signs  the  swing  states,  where  the  campaign  escalated  in   the   last   weeks.   Blue   are   traditionally   voting   Democrats  and   red   vote   Republicans.   Dark   colors   mean   solid   voting  identification;  lighter  colors  mean  leaning  voter  behavior.  

Page 41: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

41  

Picture  2.2:  Voting  DNA  in  various  states  [Source:   http://www.smh.com.au/federal-­‐politics/political-­‐opinion/blogs/the-­‐pulse/obama-­‐versus-­‐romney-­‐wrap-­‐november-­‐7-­‐2012-­‐20121107-­‐28wrw.html]    

This   chart   shows   what   the   status   quo   was   at   the  beginning  of  the  race  and  the  numbers  of  electoral  votes  the  two  candidates  had  to  cast  to  gain  the  majority.  

       

Page 42: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

42  

Picture  2.3:  Initial  status  quo    [Source:  http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/us-­‐election/9657641/US-­‐election-­‐  2012-­‐the-­‐electoral-­‐college-­‐explained.html]  

Still   let   us   dive   into   the   depth   of   the   issue   of   swing  

states,  swing  voters,  elasticity  and  voter  behavior  to  acquire  strategic   thinking,  moreover   to   find   reasonable   and   logical  the   path   of   victory   drawn   by   the   campaign   manager,   Jim  Messina.      

Page 43: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

43  

2.2  Swing  states    “…the  electorate  will  become  more  diverse  and  some  specific  groups  of  the  society  will  get  more  significant  and  decisive.”  

Delaware  Institution  of  Politics  Election  Aftermath  

(2012)    2.2.1  What  is  a  swing  state?  

 With  reference  to  our  previous  chapter,  we  have  seen  how  the  electoral   system  among  other   factors  can   influence   the  strategic   planning   in   the   campaign.   Summarizing   the  relevant  information  we  can  point  out  three  basic  aspects:  

● A   candidate   needs   270   electoral   votes   to   gain  majority  and  win  the  elections.  

● The   number   of   each   state’s   electoral   vote   varies  based  on  its  geographic  and  demographic  caliber.    

● Except   Maine   and   Nebraska,   the   formula   of   ‘the  winner  takes  all’  prevails.  

This   last   point   is   what   led   to   the   creation   of   the  phenomenon   of   swing   states,   because   this   is   where   the  winning  candidate  who  gains  the  most  popular  votes,  wins  all   of   that   state's   electoral   votes.   This   way,   presidential  candidates  have  no  incentive  to  spend  time  or  resources  in  states   they   are   likely   to  win   or   lose   by   a   sizable  margin.20    Since   states   may   have   different   voting   behavior  compositions,  we  can  differentiate  states  on  a  scale  between  predictable  and  unpredictable.  Therefore  on  the  one  end  we  see  states  with  a  regular  outcome,  where  voting  for  a  certain  party   is   traditionally   consequent,   the   so-­‐called   ‘safe-­‐                                                                                                                20  Wikipedia:  Swing  states,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state  [Accessed:  23.03.2013]  

Page 44: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

44  

states’21  and  on  the  other  end  we  have  the  swing  states.    A  swing  state,  also  called  battleground-­‐state  or  purple-­‐

state22   is   a   state   in  which  no  single   candidate  or  party  has  overwhelming   support   in   securing   that   state's   electoral  college  votes.23  Moreover  we  have  states   leaning  Democrat  and  states  leaning  Republican  where  one  party  has  a  slight  advantage  with  a  wider  margin,  nevertheless  the  exceptions  in  it’s  electoral  history.    

         

                                                                                                               21  Non-­‐swing  states  are  sometimes  called  safe  states,  because  one  candidate  has  strong  enough  support  that  he  or  she  can  safely  assume  that  he  or  she  will  win  the  state's  votes.  [Wikipedia:http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state]  22  A  purple  state  is  referencing  the  combination  of  red  and  blue,  in  reference  to  Red  states  and  blue  states.  23  Wikipedia:  Swing  states,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state  [Accessed:  23.03.2013]  

Page 45: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

45  

 

 Picture  2.4:  Map  of  swing  states  [Source:http://www1.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/2012_elections_electoral_college_map.html#safe_seats  

   

On  the  map  above  you  can  see  the  electoral  map  of  the  US.   Red   states   are   leaning   republicans,   blue   states   are  leaning  democrats.   The  darker   the   color,  more   solid   is   the  dominance   of   that   specific   party.   Tossup   states   are   grey  colored  and  sign  the  battleground.  In  relation  to  its  electoral  history   a   Republican   candidate   can   expect   to   win   easily  

Page 46: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

46  

many   of   the   Southern   states   like   Texas,   Mississippi,  Alabama,  and  South  Carolina,  which  historically  have  a  very  conservative   and   religious   culture,   and   a   more   recent  history  of  voting  for  Republican  candidates.  They  could  also  expect   to   win   states   like   Wyoming,   Utah,   Idaho   and  Nebraska,  which   share   conservative  values  but  have  had  a  longer  history  of  voting  Republican.  Similarly  a  Democratic  candidate   can   expect   to   win   California,   Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Oregon,  Hawaii,  Connecticut,   Illinois,  Rhode  Island,  and  New  York,  because  they  are  traditionally  liberal  states.24  This  means   a   significant  difference  between  voter  turnouts  between  the  two  parties.  In  a  Blue  state  +23,1%25  for  Obama  (D:  60,2%  R:  37,1%)  in  California,  or  +28,1%26  in  New  York  (D:  63,3%  R:  35,2%).  Likewise  in  a  Red  state  like  in   Arkansas   +23,7%27   (D:   36,9%   R:   60,6%)   or   Texas  +15,8%28  (D:  41,4%  R:  57,2%).  

But   sometimes   the   outcome   can’t   be   anticipated   so  evidently.  We  can  see  some  outstanding  examples  from  the  2012  elections  on  the  map  below.  

                                                                                                               24  Wikipedia:  Swing  State,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state#cite_note-­‐3  [Accessed:  12.02.2013]  25  Real  Clear  Politics:  Romney  vs  Obama  -­‐  California:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ca/california_romney_vs_obama-­‐2009.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]  26  Idem  –  New  York:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ny/new_york_romney_vs_obama-­‐2868.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]  27  Idem  –  Arkansas:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ar/arkansas_romney_vs_obama-­‐2918.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]  28  Idem  –  Texas:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/tx/texas_romney_vs_obama-­‐1945.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]  

Page 47: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

47  

   

Picture  2.5:  Turnout  differences  in  swing  states  [Source:  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/File:Swing_states_2012.svg]  

 

   

 As   we   already   know,   the   only   states   in   which   the  

campaign  would   target   to   spend   time,  money,   and   energy  are   those   that   could  be  won  by  either   candidate,   these  are  the  so  called  swing  states.  

   

Page 48: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

48  

2.2.2  Which  states  are  swing  states?    

In   this   chapter   lets   see,   which   are   the   swing   states  specifically:29    

We   divide   potential   swing   states   in   three   groups:  leaning   Democratic   ones,   Tossup   states   and   leaning  Republicans.  We  will   list   them   below,   in   the   brackets   you  might  see  the  number  of  electoral  votes  one  state  can  carry.  

     It   is   important   to   take   in   consideration   even   the  leaning   states,   as   sometimes   campaign   strategists   can  decide  to  go   for   less  equal,  but  putatively  victorious  states.  Just  like  the  Obama  campaign  opting  for  Arizona  that  tends  to  vote  for  GOP,  but  can  be  carried  by  the  Democrats.    

                                                                                                               29  NY  Times:  Electoral  Map;  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/ratings/electoral-­‐map  [Accessed:  28.03.2013]  

Page 49: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

49  

 Leaning  Democratic  

Maine  (4):  Nevertheless  Maine  was  previously  a  real  battleground   state,  with  Dems  winning   the  

last   five   election   it   has   largely   slipped   towards  being   a   leaning   Democratic   state,   especially  since  President  Obama  won  by  17  percentage  points   in  2008.  But  given  governor  Romney’s  Northeastern  roots  and  the  state’s  GOP  strain,  it  was  worth  following  up  on  Maine,  especially  because   Maine   is   one   of   the   two   states   that  don’t   exercise   the   winner-­‐takes-­‐all   rule,   but  divide  their  allotment.  

Michigan   (16):   Mitt   Romney   was   born   and   raised   in   this  state;   moreover   his   father   was   a   popular  governor  in  Michigan.  This  makes  it  important  for   him.   The   competition   between   the   two  candidates   was   rooted   in   the   economy   here,  with  a  special  view  on  the  government’s  rescue  on  auto  industry,  which  Mr.  Romney  opposed.  

Minnesota   (10):   Although   we   have   listed  Minnesota   only   among   the   leaning  Democratic   states,   President   Obama   didn’t  have   any   reason   to   struggle   as   Dems   have  won   Minnesota   in   the   last   nine   presidential  elections.   But   the   president’s   campaign   has  organized   here   too   and   hadn’t   taken   this  Midwestern  state  for  granted.  

New   Mexico   (5):   Despite   the   Republican  victory   in  2004  and  their  results  at   the  2010’s  gubernatorial   elections,   Obama   campaign  strategist   were   on   the   view   that   nevertheless  the  Romney  campaign  there,  Republicans  would  not  pick  up  

Page 50: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

50  

electoral   votes.   The   15-­‐point   Obama   victory   in   2008   is   in  line  with  this  theory.  

Nevada  (6):  Against  Obama  the  high  rates  of  home   foreclosure   and   unemployment   rates  can   be   used,   and   so   using   these   main   focus  points,   Romney   argued   the   Obama  administration  didn’t  work  well   in   this   state.  Pro   Obama   are   the   Latino   voters   and   the  strong   early-­‐vote   push   that   gave   an   edge   in  the  final  days  of  the  race.    

Pennsylvania   (20):   Nevertheless   the   state   has   trended  Democratic   in   presidential   races,   the  Republican   Party   was   always   trying   to  make   it   competitive.   They   have   invested  campaign   visits   and   advertisement,   but  with   negligible   results.   The   new   voter  identification   law   raised   concerns   about   possible   drop   in  Democratic  turnout,  but  the  state  soon  appeared  to  be  once  a  Tossup  than  leaning  Democratic.    

Tossup  States  Colorado   (9):   President   Obama’s   victory   in  Colorado   was   among   his   most   prized  accomplishments   in   2008,   especially   because  the  state  had  voted  reliably  Republican  in  eight  of  the  last  nine  presidential  elections.  However  Dems   couldn’t   take   this   state   as   granted,   nor  could   Republicans   as   independents   and  women  were  a  challenge  to  face.  

Florida   (29):   With   no   doubt   we   can   call  Florida  the  most  famous  battleground  state  in   America   after   the   2012   race.   Obama  

Page 51: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

51  

carried   the   state   in   2008,   but   economical  issues  have   complicated  his  way   to   re-­‐win  it.   Dems   concentrated   their   forces   on  Florida,   but   never   calculated   only   on   this  state  to  cast   in  order  to  win  the  elections  -­‐  but  we  will  speak  about  potential  strategies  to   victory   later   on.  Mitt   Romney’s   hope   to  gather   this   state   increased   with   the  growing   number   of   conservative   retirees,  but   the  challenge  was  still   there   the  whole  time   to   convince   the   Latino   voters,  particularly   younger   Cubans   in   Southern  Florida   and   Puerto   Ricans   in   central  Florida.  

Iowa   (6):   This   is   the   state   where   Obama  delivered  his  first  victory  in  the  primaries  of  2008,   but   this   time   Iowa   presented   a   far  bigger  challenge.  Since  a  close  electoral  race  these   six   electoral   votes   can   be   crucial   for  both   counterparts.   Governor   Romney   and  the   Republicans   have   spent   months   to  capture   the   state.   Indeed   numerous   attacks  against   the   Obama   administration   and   a  concentrated   negative   campaign   kept   the  president’s   poll   ratings   lower   than   in   other  nearby  states.    

New   Hampshire   (4):   The   White   House  paid   close   attention   to   New   Hampshire,  sending  leading  members  of  the  Democratic  Party   to   the   state   repeatedly   to   make   an  argument   against   governor   Romney,   who  has   a   personal   connection   with   the   state  

Page 52: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

52  

due   to   his   vacation   house   here.   Moreover  this  small,  but  strategically  important  state  is   quite   challenging   because   of   voters  having  an  independent  streak  and  opposing  messages  that  they  perceive  as  government  intrusion.  

Ohio  (18):  There  are  few  credible  paths  to  victory   for   Republicans   without   winning  this   state.   Ohio   has   accurately   picked  winning  presidential   candidates   in   the   last  12   elections   and   it   was   not   different   in  2012   either.   Large   portion   of   the   state  remained   conservative,   therefore   the  Obama   administration   had   to   improve  positive  figures  of  economy  to  assure  their  advantage,  2011th  victory  of  turning  down  a   law   restricting   public   workers’   right   to  bargain  collectively  was  not  enough.  

Virginia   (13):   Virginia   traditionally   is   a  Republican   red   state,   but   voters   tend   to  shift   in   Northern   Virginia.   These   changed  political   demographics   make   Virginia  become   one   of   the   nation’s   newest  battleground   states.   Mitt   Romney   focused  his   arguments   on   the   government’s  expansion   that   in   Virginia   is   complicated  because   of   the   numerous   government  workers.   Nevertheless   this   didn’t   mean  automatically  such  a  high  difference  like  in  2008,   where   Dems   carried   this   state   by   7  percentage  points.  

Page 53: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

53  

 Wisconsin  (10):  The  addition  of  Paul  Ryan  to  the   Republican   ticket   intensified   the   race,   as  he   was   born   in   this   state.   Moreover   Reps  were  advertising  in  Wisconsin  to  try  to  push  the   Obama   campaign   to   exceed   their  spending.  This  meant  that  even  if  Democrats  carried   this  state   in   the   last   six  presidential  

elections  -­‐  often  with  a  narrow  margin  -­‐  it  was  a  real  battleground.    

Leaning  Republican    Arizona   (11):   Although   Arizona   is   a  traditionally   Republican   state,  demographics   were   shifting   recently  mainly  because  of  an  increasing  number  of  Hispanic   voters   that   the   Obama   campaign  was   focusing   on   both   the   2008   and   the  2012  elections.  President  Obama,  who   lost  with   9   percentage   points   in   Senator  McCain’s  home  state  in  2008,  haven’t  listed  Arizona   as   impossible   state,   but   kept  registering   voters   and   increased   their  party’s  competitiveness  by  the  fall.  

North   Carolina   (15):   North   Carolina   was  always   the   most   challenging   battleground  state   for   Democrats,   therefore   the   party  selected   Charlotte   for   their   national  convention  to  generate  voter  enthusiasm  to  help   repeat   Obama’s   narrow   2008   victory.  Therefore   both   sites   were   advertising  heavily   in   the   campaign,   until   the   Obama  

Page 54: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

54  

campaign   started   to   reduce   their  investments  and  efforts   towards  this  state.  That   made   Republicans   gain   some  advantage,  although  they  kept  following  up  with   NC   in   the   whole   campaign   period,  especially  because   the  early  voting  pushed  President  Obama  over  the  top  in  2008.      

2.2.3  Shifts  and  the  tipping  point    

In   2012,   the   states   of   North   Carolina,   Florida,   Ohio,   and  Virginia   were   decided   by   a   margin   smaller   than   5  percentage  points.  However,  none  of  these  was  the  "tipping  point"  state;  Mitt  Romney  could  have  won  all  of  them  and  still  lost  the  election.  Rather,  Colorado  was  the  tipping  point  in  2012,  as   it  was   in  2008.30  But  we  can  use   the  next   table  from   the   famous   political   analyst,   Nate   Silver   for  demonstration.  

First   about   the   chart:   the   50   states   and   the  District   of  Columbia   are   arranged   from   the   most   Democratic   to   the  most   Republican   ones   based   on   their   preliminary   results  from   Election   Day.   Electoral   votes   were   counted   and  cumulated   following   the   order   of   states,   so   that  we   arrive  from   0   to   538   as   the   President   wins   progressively   more  difficult,   more   Republican   states.   Accordingly   we   can   see  which  are   the   states   that  make  Obama  get   above  270.  The  state  that  puts  Obama  over  the  top  of  the  winning  minimum  is  the  tipping  state.  

Even   though   many   analysts   thought   till   the   very   last  

                                                                                                               30  Wikipedia:  Swing  state,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state#cite_note-­‐3  [Accessed:  04.04.2013]  

Page 55: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

55  

minute   that   it   will   be   Ohio   that   helps   Obama   gain   the  necessary   electoral   votes,   they   proved   to   be   wrong   as   it  turned  out  that  it  was  Colorado,  just  like  in  2008.31    

From  the  next  chart  we  can  see  very  clearly  which  were  the   states   where   the   battle   was   the   closest:   Florida   has  showed  only  a  0.6  percentage  point  of  a  difference  between  one   result   and   the   other.   Not   only   in   Florida,   but   also   in  North  Carolina  (R+  2.2%),  in  Ohio  (D+  1.9%)  and  in  Virginia  (D+   3.3%)   were   the   turnout   polls   very   close   to   the   2.5%  National  average.      

 

                                                                                                               31  Fivethirtyeight  blog:  As  Nation  and  Parties  change,  Republicans  are  at  an  Elecotral  College  Disadvantage  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/08/as-­‐nation-­‐and-­‐parties-­‐change-­‐republicans-­‐are-­‐at-­‐an-­‐electoral-­‐college-­‐disadvantage/  [Accessed:  06.04.2013]  

Page 56: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

 

Page 57: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

57  

Picture  2.6:  The  calculation  of  the  tipping  point  state  2012  [Source:http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/08/as-­‐nation-­‐and-­‐parties-­‐change-­‐republicans-­‐are-­‐at-­‐an-­‐electoral-­‐college-­‐disadvantage/]

       

Page 58: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

58  

 

Page 59: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

59  

Picture  2.7:  State-­‐Level  Margins  Relative  to  the  Nation    (Ordered  by  Shift  in  Relative  Vote)  [Source:  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/19/the-­‐2012-­‐election-­‐in-­‐a-­‐relative-­‐sense/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0]  

   

We  can  see  that  this  table  is  fairly  red.  “In  46  states  and  in  the  District  of  Columbia,  Obama  did  worse  in  2012  than  he  did   in   2008,   winning   by   less   or   losing   by   more.”32   -­‐   writes  Micah  Cohen,  author  of  the  article.  Entering  in  detail  we  can  notice   that   the   vote   shifted   to   the  political   right   even  on   a  lower  level,   in  the  counties.  This  right  tilt  can  be  viewed  in  the   column   where   national   absolute   shifts   are   listed,   as  except  4  states  but  all   the  others  turned   into  red.  Even  the  national  margin   got   lower   since   2008,   from   7,3%   to   2,8%  that  proves  the  Republican  lean  nationally.  

In   the   second  part  of   the   table  we   can   see   the   relative  number   that   focuses   on   the   states’   shift   related   to   the  national  popular  vote.  This  means  that  we  tried  to  separate  out   the   national   political   environment   from   more  fundamental   political   shifts   at   the   state   level.   Here   the  picture   is   entangled   as   29   states   and   the   District   of  Columbia   shifted   towards   the   President   whilst   21   states  shifted  towards  Republicans.  But  this  move  in  most  states  is  only  moderate,  and  only  one  state,  Virginia  flipped  from  one  (R:-­‐1.0%)  to  the  other  party  (D:+0.3%).  

After   the   examination   of   the   swing   states   from   a  geographic   point   of   view,   let   us   focus   rather   on   the  demographic   aspects   that   decide   an   election,   the   swing  voters.  

                                                                                                               32  Fivethiryeight  Blog:  The  2012  Election  in  a  relative  sense:  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/19/the-­‐2012-­‐election-­‐in-­‐a-­‐relative-­‐sense/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0  [Accessed:  10.04.2014]  

Page 60: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

60  

 2.3  Swing  voters    “Demographic  aspect  is  quiet  important  as  it  has  contributed  to  the  definition  of  the  outcome,  and  we  need  to  take  it  in  consideration  as  the  country  is  changing  and  it  is  changing  rapidly.”    

David  Plouffe  Former  Campaign  Manager  

(2012)    

So   now   that   we   became   familiar   with   the   American  electoral  system  and  the  concept  of  swing  states,  we  might  observe  the  phenomenon  of  swing  voters.  This  is  important,  because  it  refines  the  campaign  strategy  on  a  very  high  level  and   defines   the   message   to   communicate.   If   the   electoral  system   is   the   how,   swing   states   are   the  where   than   swing  voters  delineate  the  what  for  a  common  outreach.  

   

2.3.1  Who  are  the  swing  voters?    A   swing   voter   is   very   likely   to   be   registered   as   an  

independent  voter,  especially  due  to  the  fact  that  registered  Republicans  and  registered  Democrats  vote  with  their  party  at   least   in   90%   of   the   time   in   presidential   elections.  Speaking   about   the   2008   elections,   many   analysts   list  independents   together,  when   in   fact   there  are   two  distinct  type   of   independent   voters:   those   who   voted   for   Barack  Obama   and   those   who   voted   for   John   McCain   in   the   last  presidential   elections.   This   time,   in   2012,   the   ‘Obama  Independents’  were  the  heart  of  the  race  for  a  very  simple  reason.   If   Obama  manages   to   win,   better   to   say   win   back  

Page 61: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

61  

these  independents,  he  is  reelected.  But  in  case  the  Romney  campaign  casts  enough  of  these  votes,  the  governor  will  be  the  45th  President.  

But   who   are   these   swing   voters?   And   can   they   be  categorized?  Swing  voters,  as  stated  earlier,  are  likely  to  be  an   independent   voter   who   could   probably   vote   for   either  party.  Based  on  former  campaign  manager,  current  Harvard  Kennedy   School   Professor   Steven   Jarding’s   lecture   on  ‘Running   for   Office   and   Managing   Campaigns’,   when  planning   the   campaign   it   is   crucial   to   qualify   voters   and  their  relevancy  to  our  campaign.  This  step  helps  to  increase  the  concentration  of  staff  and  investments  of   the  campaign  itself,   as   it   determines   whom   to   connect   and   how.   Prof.  Jarding   identified   five   subcategories   in   voter  qualification:  

 

Own  base   Own  lean   Undecided   Lean   Opponent  

 

1.  Registered  and  determined  voters  of  our  party.  They  are   the   core   of   the   party’s   identified   voters,   who   are   the  easiest   to  mobilize  and  are  not   the  main   focus  of   targeting  and  persuading,  but  activating.  

2.  Leaning  voters,  who  need  extra  attention,  as  they  can  turn  to  be  undecided  voters  or  even  leaning  voters  towards  the   opponent   in   case   they   lose   enthusiasm,   but   with   a  careful   identification  and  sophisticated  messaging  they  can  become  volunteers  of  our  party  too.  

3.   Undecided,   or   independent,   or   swing   voters   -­‐   the  main   and   most   important   target   for   both   sides   as   mainly  they  decide   the   elections.  Their   identification   is   crucial   for  both  campaigns.  

4.  Opponent’s   leaning  voters,  who  such  as  on  our  side,  easily   become   undecided   voters   in   case   they   don’t   gain  

Page 62: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

62  

enough  attention  and  a  individualized  message.  5.  Opponent’s  base  voters.  It  isn’t  worth  to  invest  effort  

and   funds   to   convince   these   individuals,   as   their   voter  identification  with  the  opponent’s  party  is  strong  enough  to  not   to   be   changed   in   a   campaign.   As   Jarding   says:   “It   isn’t  worth  to  reach  out  because  you  don’t  win  as  much  as  much  effort  you  put  in.”  2.3.2  National  Party  Identification  

For   an   efficient   qualification   it   is   rewarding   to   initiate  with   reviewing   voters’   party   identification.   On   the   chart  below   we   can   see   how   voter   self-­‐identification   with  national  parties  has  changed  in  the  last  85  years.    

Page 63: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections  

 

63  

 

 Picture  2.8:  National  Party  Identification  1937-­‐2012  [Source:  Presentation  by  David  Brady  and  Morris  Fiorina  from  the  Hoover  Institution,  2011]      This   graph   shows   quite   visibly   the   evolution   of   the  

national   PID   (Party   Identification)   that   US   electorate   has  been   through.   On   the   one   hand   there   is   a   fall   in   both   big  parties’  PID,  moreover  they  narrowed  each  other,  they  both  are  on  a  constant   level  since  1990’.  On  the  other  hand   it   is  visible  how  independent  voters’  PID  increased.  This  means  that  many   voters   lost   their   clear   party   orientation   and/or  new   voters   have   a   lower   identification.   The   more   recent  date  we  examine  the  more  precise  and  accurate  results  we  gain,   especially   from   the   last   20   years.   Such   as   this   chart  below   that   shows        clearly  how  PIDs  changed  since  1992.      

Page 64: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

CMCS  Working  Papers  

 

64  

     

                                                     

Picture  2.9:  Trends  in  Party  Identification  [Source:  http://www.people-­‐press.org/2012/08/23/a-­‐closer-­‐look-­‐at-­‐the-­‐parties-­‐in-­‐2012/]    

Page 65: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

When  we  look  at  the  Dems’  blue  line,  on  both  charts  we  see  a   peak   in   2008.   In   the   absolute   table   Obama   reached   38  percentage  points,  that  made  him  win  52%  of  the  independent  voters33  (see  the  independents’  green  line  under  it),  and  make  most  of   the   independents  become  leaning  democrats,   that  can  be  seen  on  the  second  table,  where  leaners  are  included  and  in  this   manner   they   uplift   the   blue   curve   to   51%.   Even   if   there  was  a  decline  after  2008,  Democratic  Party  identification  didn’t  get   lower  than  before.  Not   like  Republicans,  who  had  a  visible  fall   under   the   Bush   administrations   and   have   recovered   only  partially   their   base   voters.   Even   the   third   green   line,   signing  independents,   has   had   an   interesting   swing   and   a   significant  rise  in  the  new  millennium.    

We   shouldn’t   forget   that   the   changes   in   national   party  identification   are   due   to   the   changes   in   the   parties’  identification   itself.  Even  though  it  is  necessary  to  maintain  a  certain   consistency   and   invariance   in   it’s   fundament,   the  political  messages  a  party  is  emitting  whit  selecting  a  candidate  and  with   setting   a   preference   in   it’s   policy-­‐making   influences  and   completes   what   the   party’s   identity   is   alike.   And   as   we  discussed   earlier  whilst   planning   a   political   campaign,   parties  aim   to   carry   base   voters   and   leaners   that   will   make   their  policies   consistent   and   at   the   same   time   they   are   willing   to  carry   independents  who   require   a   certain  adjustment  of   their  political  agenda-­‐setting.  

Before   viewing  2012’s   voters   and   their   PID,   let   us   have   a  short  outlook  towards  national  tendencies  in  the  past  decade.                                                                                                                  33  Diggles,  M.  &  Erickson,  L.:  2012  Showdown:  Battle  for  the  Obama  Independents,  Third  Way:  http://content.thirdway.org/publications/485/Third_Way_Report_-­‐_2012_Showdown_Battle_for_the_Obama_Independents.pdf  [Accessed:  24.07.2013]  

Page 66: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

66   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

One   of   the   most   important   facts   is   that   most   self-­‐identified  independents   actually   vote   consistently   for   one   party   or  another.34   This   is   mainly   because   both   parties   have   become  more  ideologically  homogenous  -­‐  turns  out  from  a  report  based  on  Gallup  data.35  

 

 Picture  2.10:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  Republicans  [Source:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/152021/Conservatives-­‐Remain-­‐Largest-­‐Ideological-­‐Group.aspx]    

Since  2000,   the  percentage  of  Republicans   self-­‐identifying  as   “conservative”   has   increased   9   points   (from  62%   to   71%),  while   Republicans   self-­‐identifying   themselves   as   “moderates”  has   dropped   from   31%   to   23%.   And   only   relatively   few                                                                                                                  34  Idem.  35  Gallup  Group:  Conservatives  remain  largest  ideological  group:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/152021/Conservatives-­‐Remain-­‐Largest-­‐Ideological-­‐Group.aspx  [Accessed:  13.09.2013]  

Page 67: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   67              

 

Republicans,  only  4%,  said  they  are  “liberals”.    

 Picture  2.11:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  Democrats  [Source:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/152021/Conservatives-­‐Remain-­‐Largest-­‐Ideological-­‐Group.aspx]  

Page 68: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

68   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 At   the   same   time   the   Democratic   Party   remained   much  

more  ideologically  diverse  than  the  GOP.  Roughly  40%  of  Dems  identify  themselves  as  “liberals”,  the  same,  40%  call  themselves  “moderate”  and  20%  “conservative”.36  

But   now,   let   us   focus   on   the   identification   of   undecided  voters,  as  they  are  the  ones  who  determine  the  results,  and  so  the   ones   that   are   in   the   focus   of   the   parties   and   their  campaigns.    

 

 Picture  2.12:  Political  Ideology  –  Recent  Trend  Among  Independents  [Source:   http://www.gallup.com/poll/152021/Conservatives-­‐Remain-­‐Largest-­‐Ideological-­‐Group.aspx]  

 Independent   voters   are   the   most   crucial   and   the   largest  

                                                                                                               36  The  New  Yorker:  Obama’s  Swing  Voters:  http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/newsdesk/2012/02/obamas-­‐swing-­‐voters.html  [Accessed:  15.09.2013]  

Page 69: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   69              

 

social,   political   group37   in   the   States   and   have   been   steadier  ideologically   than   either   major   party   in   the   last   decade.  However   since   2008   the   proportion   of   those,   who   describe  themselves  as  “moderates”  have  declined  marginally  from  46%  to  41%,  whilst  “conservatives”  increased  from  30%  to  35%  and  significantly   less   independents   identify   themselves   as  “liberals”,  only  20%.  

As   a   conclusion   I   would   like   to   draw   your   attention   to  watch   all   this   data   in   its   completeness.   This   chart   shows   the  figures   that   prove   that   Barack   Obama   is   a   divider   for   the  electorate.   The   average   approval   of   his   administration   was  visibly   and   significantly   higher   among   Democrats   even   in   its  second   and   third   year.   This  means   that  who   agreed  with   him  and   his   policy-­‐making   and   voted   for   him,   did   not   change  opinion  whilst  his  presidential  term.  

In  the  second  and  third  year  of  his  term  voters  were  asked  about   their   approval  of   the  President’s  policy-­‐making.  Results  make  clear  that  there  is  a  considerable  gap  of  70-­‐72%  between  the   Democrat   point   of   view   (83-­‐84%   of   approval)   and   the  Republicans  (12-­‐13%).  This  underlines  how  voters  with  steady  party   identification   are   consistent,   and   at   the   same   time   how  much   of   a   difference   we   can   note   between   the   two   party  identities.  

                                                                                                               37  Gallup  Group:  Record  High  Americans  Identify  Independents:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/151943/Record-­‐High-­‐Americans-­‐Identify-­‐Independents.aspx  [Accessed:  17.09.2013]  

Page 70: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

70   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Picture  2.13:  Obama  as  Divider  [Source:  Presentation  by  David  Brady  and  Morris  Fiorina  from  the  Hoover  Institution,  2011]  

 As   already   mentioned   the   most   self-­‐identified  

independents   actually   vote   consistently   for   one   party   or  another.   This   means   that   both   sides,   Republicans   and  Democrats   each  have  about  45%  of   voters  on   their   side.  That  leaves  just  10%  of  voters  as  genuine  independents;  those  who  are  realistically  open   to  voting   for  either  party.38  But  who  are  they?  What  do  they  look  like?  

                                                                                                               38  The  New  Yorker:  Obama’s  Swing  Voters:  http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/newsdesk/2012/02/obamas-­‐swing-­‐voters.html  [Accessed:  17.09.2013]  

Page 71: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   71              

 

 2.3.3  Obama  Independents  

 As   we   described   it   earlier,   in   the   2012   elections   the   most  important   target   for   both   parties   will   be   the   swing   voters  persuaded   in   2008   by   the   Obama-­‐campaign.   In   2012   Obama  could  win  only  with  maintaining  all  his  “Obama  Independents”  from  2008.  But  who  are  they?  And  how  can  we  influence  their  voting  behavior?  

In   reference   to   Nate   Silver’s   reasoning,   swing   voters   are  very  likely  to  be  devoid  of  any  kind  of  special  characteristic  that  might  predict  and  define  their  voting  behavior.39  For  instance,  a  swing   voter   is   unlikely   to   be   an   African-­‐American   that   very  strongly   predicts   Democratic   voting.   Or   it   is   unlikely   to   be   a  Southern  evangelical,  which  predicts  Republican  voting,  at  least  recently.40  However  we  will  try  to  outline  the  characteristics  of  the  Obama  Independents,  such  as  they  did  in  the  campaign,  to  understand   better   how   the   communication   strategy   was  formed.   In   line   with   this   we   will   use   a   supportive   analysis,  made   in   February   2012,   by   Michelle   Diggles   and   Lanae  Erickson  from  Third  Way.41                                                                                                                  39  Nate  Silver,  FiveThirtyEight  Blog:  Swing  voters  and  Elastic  states:  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/05/21/swing-­‐voters-­‐and-­‐elastic-­‐states/?_r=0  [Accessed:  30.05.2013]  40  Idem.  41  Diggles,  M.  &  Erickson,  L.:  2012  Showdown:  Battle  for  the  Obama  Independents,  Third  Way:  http://content.thirdway.org/publications/485/Third_Way_Report_-­‐_2012_Showdown_Battle_for_the_Obama_Independents.pdf  [Accessed:  24.07.2013]  

Page 72: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

72   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

● Obama   Independents  are   the  most  moderate  segment  of  the  electorate.  There  are  more  moderates  in  this  group  than  in   the   others:   60%   among   the   Obama   Independents,   44%  among  all  voters,  47%  among  all  Democrats  and  56%  among  all  Independents.  

● They   are   concerned   with   the   nation’s   economy.   In  2008   Obama   independents   were   more   worried   about   the  national   economy   (55%)   than   McCain   Independents   (44%).  The  importance  of  this  characteristic  increased  for  2012  due  to  the  financial  crisis  that  determined  the  President’s  first  term.  

● Obama   Independents   were   hit   hardest   by   the  recession  early  on.  Already  in  the  earliest  stages  of  the  crisis  58%  of  Obama-­‐voting  independents  said  their  family’s  financial  situation  was  worse  than  4  years  ago.  This  percentage  is  higher  than  any  other  group  -­‐  including  55%  of  Democrats.  

● They  bolted  from  the  Democratic  Party  in  midterms.  A   high   proportion   of   swing   voters   make   up   the   independent  voters  targeted  for  the  2012  elections.  

● In  addition,  nearly  half  of  the  Obama  Independents  were  not   Democratic   voters   in   2004.   This   certifies   that   in   2008  Obama  won  more  independents  than  McCain.  Beside  the  52.6%  base   democrats,   24.5%   Bush   voters,   6.2%   other   independent  voters  and  16.7%  (!!)  voters,  who  didn’t  vote  earlier.  

● Gender   is   an   important   point:   Obama   voters   include  more  women.  51.3%  female  and  48.7%  male.  

● Obama   Independents   are  more   racially   diverse.   They  are   practically   a   mirror   image   of   America:   74,3%   white   and  35.7%  of  black,  Latino,  Asian  and  other  ethnicities.  

Page 73: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   73              

 

● Obama-­‐voting   independents   are   younger.   One-­‐fifth  under  30.    

● They  attend  religious  services  less  often   than  McCain  Independents,  or  interestingly,  less  than  Democrats  generally.  

●  Obama   Independent   felt   a   connection   to   their  candidate:  75%  in  2008.  

“The   symbol   of   the   Republican   convention   was   Clint  Eastwood,  an  old  man.  The  symbol  of  the  Democratic  convention  was  Scarlett  Johansson,  a  young  woman.42”  -­‐  sounds  a  very  good  observation  made  by  David  Plouffe,  former  campaign  manager,  at   a   roundtable   held   after   the   2012   elections   at   University   of  Delaware.  This  fact  describes  very  clearly  what  the  main  target  and  main  message   of   each   party   was.  What   they   wanted   the  electorate   identifies   themselves  with.   Among  others  we   could  see,   how   Democrats   have   targeted   white   working-­‐class  women–the  so-­‐called  “waitress  moms”–  who  were  particularly  sensitive  to  Romney’s  47%  gaffe,  that  we  will  talk  about   later;  and   the   Obama   campaign   was   running   ads   on   the   daytime  programs   that   they   generally   watch   –   like   Judge   Judy   and  Doctor  Phil.43    

                                                                                                               42   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  43  TIME:  Obama’s  Swing  State  Success  Explained:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/10/03/obamas-­‐swing-­‐state-­‐success-­‐explained/  [Accessed:  11.05.2013]  

Page 74: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

74   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Picture  2.14:  Party  Identification  Among  Whites  [Source:http://www.people-­‐press.org/2012/08/23/a-­‐closer-­‐  look-­‐at-­‐the-­‐parties-­‐in-­‐2012/]  

On   the   one   hand,   the   President   has   increased   his   female  vote,   as   Plouffe   said:   “In   fact   our   share   on   the   female   vote  increased  in  many  battleground  countries  such  as  Virginia,  Iowa,  

Page 75: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   75              

 

Florida.”44   -­‐   mainly   because   the   president   won   many   swing-­‐suburban   voters   and   swing-­‐suburban   women   in   the   country.  But   on   the   other   hand,   even   if   “the   president   carried  most   of  the  key  suburban  counties  of  the  country  such  as  Bucks  County  of  Pennsylvania,  Hillsborough  County  in  Florida,  the  states  that  are   the   4   most   heaviest   in   white   population”45,   he   couldn’t  overhaul  Republicans   in   their   figures   on  white   voters.   On   the  chart   below   it   can   be   seen   clearly   how   party   identification  among  white  voters  have  evolved  in  the  past  years.  

 Whereas   in   2008   the   percentage   of   white   voters   was  

almost   evenly   divided   between   the   two   parties   (46%  Republicans   and   44%   Democrats),   the   balance   has   changed  considerably   as   the   Republican   Party   has   now   12-­‐point  advantage.  The  GOP’s   current   lead  among  white   voters   is  not  unprecedented,  between  2002-­‐2004  and  between  1994-­‐1995  it  was  the  same  proportion  of  51-­‐52%.  Nevertheless  “whites  are  no   more   likely   to   call   themselves   Republicans   today   than   in  2008   (34%   in   both   years),   but   they   are   more   likely   to   lean  Republican   (17%   today,   up   from   12%   in   2008)”   -­‐   states   a  research  made  by  ‘People  and  the  Press’  in  2012.46  

                                                                                                               44   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  45   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  46  People  and  Press:  A  Closer  Look  at  the  Parties  in  2012:  http://www.people-­‐press.org/2012/08/23/a-­‐closer-­‐look-­‐at-­‐the-­‐parties-­‐in-­‐2012/  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  

Page 76: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

76   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Without   entering   in   details   of   the   democratic   electorate’s  

analysis,  I  would  like  to  draw  your  attention  to  one  short  table,  researching  mainly  white  voters.47  

 

                                                                                                               47  The  detailed  version  can  be  found  in  the  Appendix.  

Page 77: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   77              

 

 Picture  2.15:  PID  among  white  voters  [Source:  http://www.people-­‐press.org/2012/08/23/a-­‐closer-­‐look-­‐at-­‐the-­‐parties-­‐in-­‐2012/]  

   

Page 78: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

78   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

The   reason   of   the   decrease   of   Democrat   and   leaning  Democrat   voters   from   51%   in   2008   to   48%   in   2012   comes  from  the  Republican  gain  among  white  voters  (Republican  lead  increased  by  10  points)  and  in  a  smaller  proportion  from  other  demographic   subgroups   such   as   black   (+2%)   and   Hispanic  (+1%)   voters.   Focusing   on  white   voters   the   GOP   lead   among  white  men  has  doubled  from  11  points  (2008)  to  22  (2012)  and  nonetheless   we   have   seen   earlier   Plouffe   declaring   their  increase   of   female   voters,   the   Democratic   Party   has   lost   10  points  of  white  women  voters;  and  with   this   their   lead   -­‐  Reps  47%,   Dems   only   44%.   The   two   parties   now   run   even   among  white  voters  under  30,  while  Republicans  have   the  advantage  among  all  other  age  groups.  

Whilst   there   was   no   substantial   change   among   higher  income   white   voters,   lower-­‐income   and   less   educated   white  voters   have   shifted   significantly   toward   the   Republican   Party  since   2008.   Moreover   middle-­‐income   white   voters   ($30,000-­‐$74,999),  who  were  split  between  the  two  parties  in  2008,  now  favor  Republicans  by  17  points.  

But   let   us   avoid   getting   into   the   depth   of   voter   analysis  now,  as  we  will   elaborate   this   topic   thoroughly  once   studying  results   of   the   2012   elections.   As   a   conclusion  we   need   to   see  that   in   spite   of   the   Republican   lead   among  white   voters,   this  was   not   enough   to   win   the   2012   presidential   elections,   as  “Democrats  were   targeting   so  many   social   groups   –  Hispanic,  Latinos,   married   women,   feminist   women   etc.   –   that  Republicans   didn’t   have   enough   space   and   social   groups   to  

Page 79: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   79              

 

convince  to  win  the  presidential  election.”48    Targeting  is  not  enough  to  win  the  race.  The  party  and  the  

candidate   need   to   connect  with   them   and   find   the   best   and  most   efficient   way   to   communicate   with   them   directly.  Referring  to  the  research  made  by  the  ‘Third  Way’49  the  Obama  independents   felt   more   connected   to   their   candidate   than  republican   independents.  What   did   they   do   better?   Following  the   theory   delineated   by   HKS   Prof.   Steven   Jarding   “you   can  connect   your  message  with   voters   easier,   if   you   connect  with  them   first”.   Therefore   it   is   important   to   explore   the   potential  ways   of   connection,   such   as   inquiring   the   certain   subgroups’  character,   connecting   through   questions   related   to   their  common   characteristics   can   help   the   directed   reach   out   and  bring  the  nominee  closer  to  his  or  her  electorate.  For  example  knowing   a   group’s   common   cultural   background,   beliefs   and  traditions,   through   these   features   messaging   can   be  individualized.   Or   geographical   attributions,   like   living   in  suburban   areas   can   form   the   content   of   communication,   for  example   using   local,   specific   questions   that   can   be   more  relevant   than   national   politics.   Or   connecting   to   religious  beliefs  proposing  parochial  questions  can  make  a  certain  group  feel  addressed.  As  Jim  Messina  explained  the  goal  is  to  identify,  

                                                                                                               48   Steven   Schmidt:   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]    49  Diggles,  M.  &  Erickson,  L.:  2012  Showdown:  Battle  for  the  Obama  Independents,  Third  Way:  http://content.thirdway.org/publications/485/Third_Way_Report_-­‐_2012_Showdown_Battle_for_the_Obama_Independents.pdf  [Accessed:  24.07.2013]  

Page 80: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

80   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

target  and  turn  out  voters.  To  achieve  this  goal   it   is  necessary  that  we  define  “policies  and  issues  that  are  consistent  with  the  actual  solutions  we  face  today”.50  The   Obama   campaign   recognized   at   an   early   stage   that   there  are   other   ways   to   gain   more   voters   besides   winning  independents.  One  is  with  expanding  the  electorate.   In  2008  they   have   emphasized   with   great   focus   the   importance   of  registering   new   voters   and   turnout   those  who   didn’t   vote   on  previous  elections.  This   is  proved  even  by   the   fact   that  16.7%  of   the   Obama   Independents   were   voters   who   didn’t   vote  earlier.51

                                                                                                               50   Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  51  Diggles,  M.  &  Erickson,  L.:  2012  Showdown:  Battle  for  the  Obama  Independents,  Third  Way:  http://content.thirdway.org/publications/485/Third_Way_Report_-­‐_2012_Showdown_Battle_for_the_Obama_Independents.pdf  [Accessed:  24.07.2013]  

Page 81: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   81              

 

 Picture  2.16:  How  we  win:  Expand  the  electorate  [Source:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k]  

   This   diagram   refers   to   a   report   given   by   Jim   Messina  

defining  the  strategy.  We  can  see  how  important  it  was  for  the  Obama  campaign  to  register  voters,  as  new  people  who  have  signed  up   for   the  elections  ended  up  voting   for   the  president.  There   is   a   visible   difference   between   Democratic   (69%)   and  Republican  (31%)  new  voters:  38%.  “That  made  real  differences  in   close   states   across   the   country”   -­‐   as  Messina   says.  Winning  first   time   voters   by   a   large  margin   increased   their   support   in  2008.   In   2008   the   campaign   gathered   numerous   new   voters,  numerous  first  time  voters  and  numerous  independent  ones.52    

This   was   an   important   tactic   even   in   2012.   In   2008,  

                                                                                                               52   Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  

Page 82: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

82   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

President   Obama   won   52%53   of   Independent   voters   and   in  2012  independents  had  even  a  bigger  role;   in   fact,  an  analysis  of   voter   registration   in   eight   key   battleground   states   showed  that   Democratic   registration   was   down   to   5.6%   since   2008,  while  independent  registration  was  up  3.4%.54  

To  increase  their  efficiency  in  targeting  and  reach  out,  the  campaign   has   used   a   website,   called   ‘GottaRegister.com’.   The  campaign   had   to   take   into   consideration   the   varying   voter  registration   laws   and   a   state-­‐specific   deadline;   therefore   each  state’s   voter   registration   program   was   uniquely   designed.55  They   used   their   Facebook   targeted   sharing   first   for   voter  registration-­‐persuasion  and  targeting,  but  we  will  speak  about  this   innovative   campaign   method   in   the   next   chapter.   Using  many  channels  to  make  people  register  resulted  in  more  than  a  million  people  registered  online.  

Now   that   we   know   more   about   swing   states   and   swing  voters,  we  can  analyze   in   its  merits  how  the  Obama  campaign  messaged,  mobilized  and  turned  out  voters.  We  will  get  back  to  some   demographic   facts   and   figures   in   the   last   chapter   that  

                                                                                                               53   Michelle   Diggles   and   Lanae   Erickson,   “Independents   Day   2012,”   Third  Way,   November   2011.   Available   at:   http://thirdway.org/publications/470.    [Accessed:  12.05.2013]  54  All  data  from  the  2008  Presidential  election,  including  crosstabs,  is  based  upon  authors’  analysis  of  exit  poll  data.  National  Election  Pool  Poll  #  2008-­‐NATELEC:  National  Election  Day  Exit  Poll  [computer  file].  Roper  Center  for  Public   Opinion   Research   Study   USMI2008-­‐NATELEC   Version   3.   Edison  Media   Research/Mitofsky   International   [producer],   2008.   Storrs,   CT:   The  Roper   Center   for   Public   Opinion   Research,   University   of   Connecticut  [distributor],  2011.  55  Legacy  Report  (2012),  p.85  

Page 83: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   83              

 

deals  with  the  results  and  some  general  reflections.  But  for  now  let   us   close   this   part   with   quoting   Jim   Messina,   campaign  manager  of  Obama  campaign  2012:  “the  electoral  landscape  will  be   more   challenging   in   2012   than   ever   before   in   American  history.”56  

   

2.4  Path  to  Victory    

After   a  detailed   substantial   analysis   of   the  American   electoral  system,  a  thorough  examination  of  the  swing  states  and  swing  voters  we   have   sufficient   background   knowledge   to   dive   into  the  internal  dynamics  of  the  campaign.  We  start  our  journey  with  the  understanding  of  the  strategy  planned  carefully  by  the  campaign  team.  After  having  an  insight  in  what,  where  and  how  the  campaign  will  do,  we  will  continue  with  the  description  of  the  campaign  machine  and  examine  it  in  the  next  chapters.    

The  campaign  paid  attention  to  make  its  decision-­‐making  transparent   and   understandable   for   the   wider   society.  Communicating   continuously   what   the   campaign   plans  increased   trust,   dedication   and   mobilized   voters   as   the  organization   gave   a   transparent   and   truthful   impression.  Therefore   Jim  Messina,   campaign  manager   and   his   team   gave  regular  reports  to  volunteers  and  followers  how  the  campaign  was  proceeding,  what  was  coming  up  next  and  naturally  a  call  to  action,  expecting  more  people  to  join,  as  they  suspected  that                                                                                                                  56   Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  

Page 84: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

84   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

intentions   might   increase   due   to   the   understanding   of   the  campaign  and  motivations  behind  it.  

Like   in   the   next   video57   message,   where   Jim   Messina  speaks  to  the  citizens  -­‐  we  will  see  in  substance  -­‐  the  report  in  general  is  easy  to  follow  and  understand  even  if  the  meaning  is  quite   complex.   Generally   speaking   to   make   sure   all   of   the  volunteers   are   able   to   follow   the   campaign’s   next   steps   and  have   a   clear   picture   about   the   primary   motivations   of   them,  OFA   staff   emphasized   continuously   the   strategy-­‐communication.  They  concretized  the  meaning  by  using  facts  and   numbers,   they   regularly   illustrated   their   message   with  appealing   figures  and  charts  and   they  kept   repeating   the  core  message  in  every  video,  in  every  report,  in  every  speech  and  on  every   platform   to   make   sure   everyone   can   understand   what  they  can  do  to  reelect  the  President.  

One  of  these  reports  was  published  on  Youtube  at  an  early  stage,  in  201158  is  when  Jim  Messina  evaluates  2008  elections,  explains  planned  fundraising  and  mobilizing  methods  for  2012  and   makes   clear   what   the   viewer   can   do   right   away   for   the  President.   In   almost   6   minutes   we   understand   “strategic  framework  for  the  campaign,  and  what  we  think  things  are  today  and  the  challenges  that  are  in  front  of  us”.59  In  addition  he  says  that  the  idea  behind  the  organization-­‐building  is  to  strengthen  a   “conversation  on   the   local   level  plus   [to  have]   the   same   ideas  

                                                                                                               57   Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  58  Idem.  59  Idem.  

Page 85: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   85              

 

and   same   values   [that]   makes   us   powerful,   [...]   because   small  spotted  efforts  and  values  that  bind  us  together  make  an  impact.”  Shortly  after  the  explanation  of  how,  follows:  “How  we  will  run  the   campaign:   Respect.   Empower.   Include.   Win.”   And   a   well-­‐designed   chart   appears   parallel   with   Messina’s   explanation:  

 Picture  2.17:  Jim  Messina  –  Our  Mission  [Source:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k]  

 In   correspondence   to   Messina’s   video   message   and   the  

information   about   swing   states   the   Obama   campaign   was  relying   “on   it’s   strongest   advantage   -­‐   the   skills   and   energy   of  grassroots  supporters  around  the  country.”60  

   

                                                                                                               60  Legacy  Report  2012:  http://secure.assets.bostatic.com/frontend/projects/legacy/legacy-­‐report.pdf  [Accessed:  12.01.2013]  p.  6  

Page 86: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

86   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

2.4.1  Swing  states  -­‐  Which  states?    

As  we  have  examined  earlier,  the  Obama  campaign  just  like  the  Romney   campaign   focused   on   those   states  where   both   had   a  chance   to  win,   ergo  both  parties   tried   to   secure   a  majority   of  votes   by   winning   these   states.   Even   though   the   Obama   team  divided   states   in   two   groups,   they   had   a   reason   for  organization-­‐building   in  both:   in   the   in   states  where  outcome  could   have   been   the   closest   they   invested   in   organization-­‐building   to   turn   out   voters   and   win   the   state,   in   the   more  secure  ones,  they  did  so  to  support  the  more  competitive  ones.  But   because   the   two   groups   had   a   different   role,   even   their  campaign  program  was  different.    

The   two   groups   were   the   battleground   states   and   the  border  states.  We  have  already  spoken  about  the  battleground  states,   also   called   swing   states   or   tossup   states.   States   that  were  decided  by  a  close  margin  received  more  attention  by  the  campaign,  “a  larger  share  of  the  resources,  including  organizers  offices,   and  principal  and   surrogate   trips”   -­‐   can  we   read   in   the  campaign’s   legacy   report.61   Moreover   the   campaign   invested  the   most   in   states   that   were   considered   the   closest   to   the  tipping  point  of  270.  To  ensure  as  many  paths  as  possible,  they  have  extended  the  list  of  states  to  win  with  those  like  Virginia  and  North  Carolina.  On   the   table  below  we   can   see   the   list   of  tossup  states  and  their  margin.  Obama  won  nine  of  the  top  10  

                                                                                                               61   Legacy   Report   2012:  http://secure.assets.bostatic.com/frontend/projects/legacy/legacy-­‐report.pdf  [Accessed:  12.01.2013]  p.  7  

Page 87: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   87              

 

battleground  states.    

     

Picture  2.18:  Battleground  states,  margins  and  results  [Source:  Legacy  Report  2012]   On   the   other   hand  we   have   those   states,   in   the   legacy   report  that  are  called  border  states62  that  are  expected  to  be  decided  

                                                                                                               62  Idem.  p.  8  

Page 88: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

88   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

by  a  wide  margin  whether  for  Democrats  like  California,  or  for  Republicans   such   as   Alabama.   In   these   states   the   campaign  invested   less,   but   still   didn’t   exclude   involving   electorate   as   a  force   for  supporting  nearby  battleground  states.   “For  example,  volunteers  in  California  helped  us  win  Nevada  and  Colorado  and  volunteers   in   Alabama   helped   us  win   Florida.   They   contributed  their  efforts  to  help  turn  out  the  vote  where  the  campaign  needed  their  help  the  most  –  and  helped  out  locally  by  creating  a  lasting  volunteer  structure.”63  Both   parties   invested   in   planning   the   campaign   accurately:  voter   identification,   targeting,   contacting,   mobilizing,  organization   building,   image   building,   policy   setting,  communication   setting   and   so   forth.   Everything   had   to   be  planned.  According   to  Professor   Jarding,  better   the  strategy   is  planned,   more   predictable   it   can   be,   less   unexpected  happenings  can  occur.  Not  only  the  parties,  but  journalists  and  analysts  tried  to  calculate  the  possible  pathways  to  the  White  House.   We   can   find   many   online   interactive   features   that  illustrate  very  well  these  ballgames  of  two  parties.  One  of  them,  in  my  opinion,  one  of  the  most  visible  ones,  is  provided  by  the  website   of   ‘The   New   York   Times’64.   A   screenshot   can   be   seen  below.    

                                                                                                               63  Idem  p.  7  64    The  New  York  Times:  Paths  to  the  White  House,  http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2012/11/02/us/politics/paths-­‐to-­‐the-­‐white-­‐house.html?_r=1&  [Accessed:  22.07.2013]  

Page 89: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   89              

 

Picture  2.19:  Potential  Pathways  to  the  White  House  [Source:http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2012/11/02/us/politics/paths-­‐to-­‐the-­‐white-­‐house.html?_r=0]    

‘The  New  York  Times’  writers  and  analysts  have  calculated  512   potential   paths   to   victory   of   which   84%,   namely   431  options   belong   to   Obama   and   only   15%,   76   are   realistic   for  Romney.  5  of  them  are  ties  that  are  rarely  realistic  but  are  still  conceivable.65   This   difference   within   the   proportions   of  possible  ways   is   realistic   as  Obama   started   his   race  with   237  electoral  votes  more  or  less  assured  to  be  blue,  whilst  Romney  

                                                                                                               65  Edge  of  Your  Seat  Possibilities:  There  are  five  paths  to  a  tie.  In  this  case,  the  newly  elected  House  of  Representatives  would  select  the  president  (likely  Mr.  Romney)  and  the  Senate  would  select  the  vice  president  (possibly  Joseph  R.  Biden  Jr.).  

Page 90: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

90   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

had  only  206.  This   theory  and  calculation  puts  95  unallocated  electoral  votes  in  the  focus  of  the  game.66    

What  are   the  different  pathways   for   the  Obama  campaign  to  win?  What  are  the  most  crucial  states  that  they  need  to  carry  to  assure  their  position?  

   2.4.2  Pathways  

 Unlike   ‘The   New   York   Times’’   calculation   the   campaign’s  directorate   thought   that   there   are  only  40  different  pathways  to  get  to  the  White  House  of  which  5  were  the  most  important  ones.67  Let  us  see  these  five  paths:    

As  first,  preliminary  map  we  need  to  know  the  “The  Kerry  map”68:   The   Obama   2012   campaign   management   based   on  previous  elections  beliefs  that  they  are  able  to  carry  those  246  electoral  votes  that  Kerry  could  carry.  

1. First   the   “West   Path”   that   contains   Colorado,   New  Mexico   and  Nevada,   optionally   even   Iowa.   In   Colorado  and  Nevada  the  Democratic  Party  haven’t  won  for  a  very  long  time  until  2008.  Therefore  they  have  invested  staff  and   started   to   recruit   volunteers   in   an   early   stage,   to  ensure   the   maximum   of   connecting   voters.   Based   on  

                                                                                                               66  CNN:  Election  2012  Calculator:  http://edition.cnn.com/ELECTION/2012/ecalculator#?battleground  [Accessed:  22.11.2012]  67   Jim   Messina:   Paths   to   270   Electoral   Votes:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_7Y-­‐Q9ZY5Ao  [Accessed:    10.11.2012]  68  Idem  

Page 91: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   91              

 

‘The  New  York  Times’’   ratings   if  Nevada  goes   to  Obama  and  North  Carolina  goes   to  Governor  Romney   than   the  President  has  four  times  as  many  paths  to  victory  as  his  opponent.  

2. The   second   path   is   Florida.   The   Obama   campaign  couldn’t   count   on   Florida   alone   to   take   them   to   270,  even  if  that  was  the  easiest  way  to  get  there.  This  is  why  they  were   building   a  massive   operation   on   the   ground  and  invested  as  much  as  possible.  On  the  other  hand  not  only   for   Democrats   was   Florida   the   easiest   way,   but  even   Republicans   needed   to   concentrate   on   this   state,  since   if   they   lose   this   state,   they   had   only   one   way   to  victory:  through  all  the  other  battleground  states.  But  if  Romney  wins  it,  he  has  75  paths  open  to  him,  says  ‘The  New  York  Times’’  ratings.  

3. Next  is  the  South,  where  the  campaign  management  has  invented   the   so-­‐called   “New   South   Map”.   This   option  focuses   on   North   Carolina   and   Virginia   and   would  assure  274  electoral  votes  to  the  Dems.  As  they  believed  in   this   map,   they   have   chosen   to   put   the   Democratic  National   Convention   to  Charlotte,  North  Carolina.   Even  the  2011  electoral  win  emphasizes  their  positive  results  there.   But   to   be   certain   of   these   states,   the   Obama  campaign   was   building   their   neighborhood   teams   and  implemented  numerous  local  offices  with  special  care.  

4. The   “Midwest   Path”   leans   on   Ohio.   One   of   the   places  where   they   were   doing   the   most   work   on   the   ground  already  since  2011.  Obama  had  the  largest  lead  in  Ohio,  

Page 92: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

92   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

partly   because   of   a   strong   local   economy   and   the   auto  industry   bailout.   If   he   lost   here,   it  was   likely   he  would  trail   in  Florida  and  North  Carolina   too.  Losing  all   three  have  left  him  with  only  14  ways  to  win.  

5. The  last  path  is  called  “Expansion  Path”.  This  is  a  kind  of   irregular   path   as   it   is   based   on   a   leaning   red   state,  Arizona.   But   as   Messina   said:   “If   2008   taught   us  anything,   it’s   that   we   can’t   count   on   anyone’s   old   map,  including  even  our  2008  map.  We  need  new  ways   to  put  every  state  into  play.”69  And  this  includes  winning  states  that  weren’t   pathways   in   2008.  Why   Arizona?   Arizona  wasn’t   a   swing   state   in   2008,   because   Senator  McCain  was  present  with  his   campaign,  but   there  were  quite  a  significant   amount   of   unregistered   voters,   that   the  Obama   campaign   believed   to   be   able   to   cast.   In   fact  some  polls  might  even  have  shown  the  President  leading  in  the  state,  although  it  was  not  constant.  

For  a  better  demonstration  you  can  see  the  following  chart  that  assumes  all  these  pathways  that  the  campaign  could  have  possibly  walked.  

                                                                                                               69   Jim   Messina:   April   Fundraising   and   Path   to   270:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lTKPNaEgTXo  [Accessed:  10.08.2013]  

Page 93: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   93              

 

 

 Picture  2.20:  Path  to  Victory,  by  Jim  Messina  [Source:  Field  Staff  Manual]    

How  intensive  local  and  regional  campaign  they  could  hold  in  these  states,  how  many  local  offices  and  neighborhood  teams  they  could  afford  depends  purely  on  their  financial  and  human  resources.   For   this   reason   contemporary   with   their  recruitment   process   and   organization   building   they   were  raising   money   to   be   able   to   increase   democratic   presence   in  these  crucial  states.  

 

Page 94: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

94   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

2.4.3  Facts  and  figures    

In   reference   to   another   video   message,   called   ‘April  Fundraising  and  Path  to  270  Update’70  delivered  by  Messina,  we  have   some   facts   and   figures   about   the   actual   stage   of  fundraising  and  local  campaigning   in  May  2012.  Based  on  this  video   we   get   an   exact   picture   of   how   the   campaign’s  organization   building   proceeds.   First   he   gives   us,   viewers   an  explanation  how  fundraising  proceeds  saying:  “We  had  169,500  first-­‐time   donors   in   April   putting   us   within   reach   of   2   million  donors   this   election   cycle.   And   here’s   my   favorite   part:   our  average  donation  was  $50,23,  with  98%  of  those  donations  $250  or   less.   That  makes   our   campaign   different,   and   it’s   how  we’re  going  to  build  a  winning  organization  across  the  country.”  This  and   such   statements  make   clear   the   circle   of   activities  within  the   campaign:   followers   and   supporters   donate   money   that  they   spend   on   organization   building,   recruitment   and   voter-­‐persuasion,  plus  registration.    

One  of  Messina’s  principles  is  to  measure  the  results.  He  shares   some   figures   to   increase   transparency   and   therefore  trust.   So   following   the   same   logic   of   the   previous   video,  Messina  describes  the  5  basic  and  most  potential  paths  adding  each   time   numerical   results   to   summarize   it   at   the   end  concluding   with:   “So   thanks   to   everyone   who   stepped   up   to  support   the   campaign.   Together   we   have   raised   43   million  dollars   from   437,323   grassroots   supporters   in   April   alone   –                                                                                                                  70   Jim   Messina:   April   Fundraising   and   Path   to   270   Update:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lTKPNaEgTXo  [Accessed:  10.08.2013]  

Page 95: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   95              

 

helping   us   to   open   up   42   new   field   offices   around   the   country.  Those  offices,  plus   the  120  new   team  members  we  were  able   to  hire,   means   that   we   can   be   out   there   every   day   training  volunteers,   knocking   on   doors,   making   phone   calls,   and  registering  new  voters.”  

   2.4.4 Core  Program  

But   for  what  did   the  Obama-­‐machine  use   all   these   funds?  What  did  field  offices  and  neighborhood  team  leaders  do?  What  was  the  campaign’s  core  program  alike?  

Before   analyzing   fundraising,   internal   and   external  communications  and  field  organizing   in  detail   in  the  following  chapters,   let   us   have   a   quick   review   of   what   activities   the  campaign  has  combined  to  maximize  their  result  in  the  crucial  swings  states.  

To   win   a   battleground   state,   the   campaign   set   a   goal   of  winning   51   percent,   ergo   the   majority   of   the   vote   in   each  state.  There  are  three  ways  the  campaign  could  generate  votes  for   the   President   –   registration,   persuasion,   and   turnout   –   so  these   became   the   core   of   the   program.   The   fourth   element,  organization   building   was   added   because   it   created   the  grassroots  volunteer  capacity  that  was  the  soul  of  the  campaign  and   served   to   register   citizens,   persuade   voters   and   turn   out  supporters.   These   programs   were   shared   and   coordinated  across  every  campaign  department  and  therefore  they  focused  staff  members  on  the  work  needed  to  reach  the  goals  set  -­‐  51%  of   votes   in   every   battleground   state   and   270   electoral   votes  

Page 96: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

96   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

nationwide.71  ● Registration:   We   have   already   spoken   about   the  

importance  of   registering  new  voters  and   target  voters  who  didn’t  vote.  This  was  one  of  the  pillars  even  in  2008  and  was   kept   for   the   2012   elections   too,   but   extended  with   a   further   aspect,   identifying   supporters  who  may  have  changed  their  address.  Within  registration  we  can  find   multiple   platforms   and   formats   like   voter  registration   weeks   of   action,   hot   spot   registration  canvasses,  and  GottaRegister.com.  

● Persuasion:  this  was  the  soul  of  the  field  offices,  where  contacting   voters   and   coordinating   volunteers  multiplied   persuasion   results.   Various   campaign  methods   increased   efficiency   and   they   combined  various   tactics   such   as   neighbor-­‐to-­‐neighbor  conversations,   canvassing,   trainings,   phone   banking,  surrogate   visits,   press   articles,   television   ads,   online  messaging  etc.  

● Turnout:  Turning  out  voters  was  always  a  focal  point  in  the  campaign  as  it  can  change  results.  The  frame  of  this  pillar   is   sharing   information   with   supportive   electors  about  where,  when  and  how  to  vote  and  motivate  them  to   cast   their   ballots.  We  will   see   how  professional   this  became   once   arriving   in   the   Get-­‐Out-­‐The-­‐Vote   (GOTV)  period  as  this  was  the  highlight  of  turnout  besides  early  

                                                                                                               71  Legacy  Report  2012:  http://secure.assets.bostatic.com/frontend/projects/legacy/legacy-­‐report.pdf  p.  8  

Page 97: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   97              

 

voting.   GOTV   included   tactics   such   as   commitment  cards,  early  vote  events  and  rallies,  and  GOTV  canvasses.  

● Organization   building:   “The   2012   campaign   is   only   as  strong   as   the   grassroots”   -­‐   said   Jim   Messina.72   The  nationwide   network   of   supporters   was   the   real  fundament   of   the   whole   campaign.   Organization  building   meant   recruiting,   empowering   and   training  volunteers  and  volunteer   leaders  to  build  the  strongest  grassroots   organization   in   the   history   of   American  politics.  We  will  see   in  detail  how  this  was  coordinated  and   controlled   from   the   headquarters’   office,   from  Chicago.  Organization  building   tactics   included  one-­‐on-­‐one   talks,   volunteer   trainings,   house   meetings   and  Neighborhood  Team  buildings  and  meetings.  

   

                                                                                                               72   Jim   Messina:   Paths   to   270   Electoral   Votes:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_7Y-­‐Q9ZY5Ao  [Accessed:    10.11.2012]  

Page 98: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

98   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

     Picture  2.21:  Key  methods  of  Generating  Votes  [Source:  Legacy  Report  2012  p.9]  

Page 99: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   99              

 

 The   last   illustration   shows   exactly   the   connections  

between   these   pillars   and   what   results   each   of   them   has  brought.    

Campaign  management   has   elevated   these   core  programs  to   another   stage.   They   identified   what   kind   of   activity   is   the  most   useful   in   a   certain   state   in   a   specific   period   and   they  managed   to   balance   them   to   have   a   fruitful   combination   of  activities.   These   state-­‐specific,   plan-­‐based   combinations   were  actually  tailored  to  each  region  and  neighborhood.  Supporters’  direct   and  measurable   feedback  made   it   possible   for  Messina  and  his  group   to  act   rapidly  and  make  decisions  on  a  realistic  and  credible  information  basis.73  

So   does   this   mean   that   staff   in   the   Chicago   office   knew  exactly   how  many   voters  will   vote   for   the   President   in   every  little   neighborhood   from   Arizona   to   New   Hampshire,   from  Montana   to   Maine?   The   question   is   reasonable   as   this   short  description   sounds   a   little   bit   utopistic   without   entering   in  detail  of  how  this  campaign  was  built  up  and  how  it’s  different  departments  and  groups  have  functioned.    

Even  campaign  members  say   that   they  “ran  an   innovative,  groundbreaking   campaign,  making  huge  advances   in  areas   like  data,   digital,   technology,   fundraising,   communications,   and  political   and   constituency   outreach.   Campaign   leadership  ensured   that   all   of   these   departments   worked   closely   together,                                                                                                                  73   Jim   Messina:   Obama   2012   Strategy:  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  12.03.2013]  

Page 100: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

100   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

with  no  silos,  to  execute  the  same  shared  strategy.”74                  

                                                                                                               74  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  6  

Page 101: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   101              

 

           The  Campaign  

Page 102: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

102   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 103: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   103              

 

                 “I   think   we   have   the   ability   to   both   persuade   the   undecideds,  because  of  our  huge   footprint  and  our  experience,  and   turn  out  our  vote."  

Jim  Messina  Campaign  Manager  

(2012)    

   

ut  why   the  Obama  campaign  was   so  exceptional?  Why  was   it   not   the   second   edition   of   the   2008   campaign?  Referring   to   Jim   Messina’s   strategy   briefing   “this  

campaign   will   be   different   from   2008”.   This   is   not   the   same  campaign   for   many   reasons.   Firstly   because   the   electoral  landscape   was   more   challenging   this   time.   Secondly   because  President  Obama  was  not  a  new  candidate  starting   from  zero,  he   had   already   a   reputation   and   adjudication.   Therefore  Republicans  were  ready  to  take  on  him  and  judge  his  records.  Thirdly  because  Barack  Obama  is  not  only  a  candidate,  but  the  

B  

Page 104: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

104   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

President   if   the   United   States   of   America.   This   changed   his  attitude   and   public   performances,   moreover   it   influenced   his  image  as  a  nominee  both  positive  and  negative  way.  

As   the   situation   is   new,   the   campaign   needs   to   be   more  innovative   and   unprecedented,   utilizing   only   useful   elements  from   the   2008   campaign,   but   not   copying   it   completely.  Following   we   will   see   how   this   unique   campaign   was   set   up  and  how  it  functioned.  

Page 105: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   105              

 

               3.  Fundraising  

Page 106: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

106   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 107: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   107              

 

                   “Obama:  $1.123  billion  vs.  Romney:  $1.019  billion.  That’s  the  final  fundraising  tally  in  the  most  expensive  presidential  election  ever.”  

www.politico.com  (2012)  

 3.1  Record-­‐breaking  

 The  2012  Obama  campaign  brought  many  innovative  solutions  into   popular   knowledge   not   only   regarding   political  communication,  but  also   fundraising  methods  and   techniques.  Many  analysts  and  journalists  write  that  they  managed  to  reach  historical   peaks   and   put   off   record   numbers.   One   of   these  achievements   is   that   they   managed   to   raise   more   than   $1  billion   dollars   by   the   2012   campaign   and   its   affiliated   party  

Page 108: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

108   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

committees,   and   so   they   brought   the   10-­‐figure   milestone   for  the  first  time  in  history.75    

If   we   look   at   a   broader   picture   and   review   political  fundraising   in   general   we   can   see   that   many   things   have  changed  and  fundraising  went  through  an  evolution  in  the  past  decade.   First   and   most   important   change   is   that   costs   of  political   campaigning  have   increased   significantly.  As   Johnson  writes  in  his  book  ‘Campaigning  in  the  twenty-­‐first  century’  “the  presidential  and  congressional  elections  of  2008  were  up  to  this  point   the  most   expensive   ever   in   American   history”76  when   the  2012  broke  this  record.  Just  to  illustrate  how  costs  have  been  multiplied   let   us   use   some   figures:   presidential   elections   in  2008   cost   nearly   $2.4billion77.   This   was   nearly   twice   of   the  candidates’  fundraising  for  the  2004  election  and  triple  for  the  2000   election.   As   Plouffe   once   said   speaking   about   television  ads  and  their  costs  “last  week  of  the  campaign  the  OFA  has  spent  a   100  million   dollars   in   the   9   states   on   the   air.  Which   is  more  than  McCain  campaign  spent  in  its  entirety  2008  certain  last  60  

                                                                                                               75  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  76   Johnson,   D.W.:   “Campaigning   in   the   Twenty-­‐first   Century”,   Routledge,  New  York,  2011.  p.  43  77   The   costs   of   campaigns   at   the   federal   level   -­‐   presidential,   House   and  Senate  -­‐  has  risen  drastically  even  adjusted  for  inflation.  Some  of  the  biggest  increases   have   come   in   California   ballot   initiative   issues.   In   many   local  contest,   campaigns   remain   relatively   low   cost,   while   in   others,   they   have  jumped  tremendously.    

Page 109: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   109              

 

days”78.   In   2008,   the   average   cost   of   a   successful,   competitive  seat  in  the  House  of  Representatives  was  $1,372,35979.  “This  is  nearly   a   50%   increase,   adjusted   for   inflation,   from   1996,  when  the  average  successful  competitive  campaign  cost  $673,739”80.  

Increased   costs   required   increased   funds   and  sophisticated   fundraising   techniques.   Campaigns   were  forced   to   invent   many   new   ways   of   collecting   funds,   motive  donors   to   donate   money.   The   Obama   campaign   focused   not  only   on   the   big   donors,   but   contemporary   with   their  organization  building  efforts  they  tried  to  bring  in  more  small-­‐donors   through  e-­‐mails,   social  media,  mobile  applications  and  it’s  website.  As  they  managed  to  reach  out  to  many  individuals,  they   raised   more   money   from   small-­‐dollar   donations   during  the  final  months  of  the  race  than  they  have  initially  projected.81  We  will  see  what  techniques  they  have  used  to  cast  donations  and  what  results  they  have  achieved.    

On   the   next   table   you   can   see   the   most   important  fundraising  figures  comparing  the  two  candidates.    

                                                                                                               78   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  79  Johnson,  D.W.  [2011].  p.  44  80  Idem  p.45  81   The   TIME:   Exclusive   Obama’s   2012   Digital   Fundraising   Outperformed  2008:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  

Page 110: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

110   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

   

Picture  3.1:  Fundraising  Overall  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php]      3.2  Ways  to  raise  money    “The  email  titled,  "I  will  be  outspent,"  was  one  of  the  campaign's  most  successful,  raising  $2.5  million.”  

The  Huffington  Post  (2012)  

 Even   though   law   and   regulations   of   political   fundraising  

are   truly   accurate   and   comprehensive,   the   system   is   fairly  

Page 111: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   111              

 

complex   as   fundraising   and   it’s   ways   are   numerous   and  complicated.  As  Dustin  Cable  researcher  writes  “Unless  you  are  financial   expert   or   professional   politico,   the   latest   fundraising  statistics   can   seem   incomprehensible.  The   rules  and   regulations  governing  campaign  finance  are  complicated  and  it  is  not  always  easy  to  tell  which  candidate  is  doing  better  financially.”82  

To   understand   campaign   finances   and   their   statistics   we  can   identify   three  main  ways   to  raise  money   for  a  political  campaign:  

1. Committees  of  the  candidates  -­‐   like  Obama  for  America  (2008),   Organising   for   America   (2012)   or   Romney   for  President  

2. The  national  parties  themselves  3. And  independent  groups  like  political  action  committees  

(PACs),  Super  PACs,  527s  and  other  sympathetic  non-­‐profits  Campaign   finances   may   not   always   seem   transparent  

mainly   because  media   outlets   tend   to   focus  more   on   the   first  and  sometimes  the  second  points  together  when  they  report  on  fundraising.  Although  Super  PACs  gain  always  more  attention  in   the   news,   seldom   are   they   considered   in   fundraising  statistics.83  

But   PACs   and   SuperPACs   are   rather   important   in  campaigning,  why?  What  are  these  PACs?  In  the  United  States,  a  political  action  committee  (PAC)   is  a   type  of  organization   that                                                                                                                  82  Dustin  Cable:  Who  is  winning  the  money  game?  Understanding  campaign  finance  statistics.  http://statchatva.org/2012/08/29/whos-­‐winning-­‐the-­‐money-­‐game-­‐understanding-­‐campaign-­‐finance-­‐statistics/  [Accessed:  01.10.2013]  83  Idem.  

Page 112: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

112   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

pools   campaign   contributions   from   members   and   donates  those   funds   to   campaign   for   or   against   candidates,   ballot  initiatives,   or   legislation.   At   the   federal   level,   an   organization  becomes   a  PAC  when   it   receives   or   spends  more   than   $1,000  for   the   purpose   of   influencing   a   federal   election,   according   to  the  Federal  Election  Campaign  Act.84  

In  addition  let  us  review  what  the  British  online  newspaper  The  Telegraph  writes  about  SuparPACs  and  what  they  are  used  for  as  the  explanation  is  clear  and  compact:  

“SuperPACs   (super   political   action   committees)   are   a   new  phenomenon   that   are   having   an   extraordinary   influence   on  elections,   especially   the   latest   ones.   They   are   independent  political  groups  -­‐  in  theory  not  connected  to  any  candidate  -­‐  that  are   allowed   to   raise   and   spend   unlimited   amounts   of   money  during  the  campaign.  

By   law,   SuperPACs   must   be   completely   separate   from   the  campaigns   and   are   not   allowed   to   donate   or   coordinate   their  efforts   with   the   candidate’s   staff.   But   the   reality   is   that   the  SuperPACs   act   as   aggressive   proxies   for   the   official   campaigns,  echoing   their   message   and   hammering   their   opponents.  Priorities   USA,   a   pro-­‐Obama   SuperPAC,   is   run   by   former  White  House   staffers   while   Restore   Our   Future,   a   pro-­‐Romney   group,  was  founded  by  a  former  Romney  aide.  

The   concept   of   the   SuperPAC   emerged   from   a   landmark  Supreme   Court   case,   Citizens   United   v   Federal   Election  

                                                                                                               84  Wikipedia:  Political  Action  Committee.  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Political_action_committee  [Accessed:03.01.2014]  

Page 113: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   113              

 

Commission,  where  justices  ruled  that  there  could  be  no  limits  to  how  much  money  individuals,  corporations  or  unions  can  donate  to  independent  political  groups,  even  if  they  are  campaigning  on  behalf  of  one  candidate.  

Because   SuperPACs   are   nominally   independent   from   the  campaigns   they   are   often   behind   the   election’s   most   scathing  attacks  which  could  easily  backfire   if   launched  by  a  candidate’s  official   campaign.   A   Priorities   USA   ad   in   August   was   widely  criticised  after   it   seemed   to   imply   that  Romney  was   responsible  for  the  death  of  a  woman  whose  husband  had  lost  his  healthcare  when  his  factory  shut  down.”85  

                                                                                                               85  The  Telegraph:  US  Election  guide  –  How  does  the  election  work?  http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/us-­‐election/9480396/US-­‐Election-­‐guide-­‐how-­‐does-­‐the-­‐election-­‐work.html  [Accessed:  22.08.2013]    

Page 114: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

114   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 3.3  Fundraising  statistics  

 Despite  the  transparent  Federal  Election  Campaign  Act  and  the  Federal  Election  Commission   (FEC)86   that  makes  all   campaign  disclosures   available   in   it’s   numerous   database;   fundraising  statistics   rarely   include   every   source   and   calculate   every  income.  One  of  the  most  complex  charts  that  was  made  by  ‘The  Financial  Times’87  shows  us  the  money  raised  and  spent  by  the  presidential  candidates,  the  national  party  committees  and  the  even   the   primary   Super   PACs   whose   sole   purpose   was   to  support   the   candidate.   Even   if   this   statement   is   relatively  accurate,   it   doesn’t   include   money   raised   or   held   by   each  candidate’s   “victory   fund”,   a   joint   fundraising   committee   that  will  distribute  funds  to  the  campaigns  and  party  committees.  In  addition  to  these  committees,  it  doesn’t  show  nonprofit  groups  that  do  not  have   to   file  with   the  Federal  Election  Commission  and  other  super  PACs  that  have  spent  at  least  $65  million  more  on   television   advertising,   almost   all   of   it   against   President  Obama  or  in  support  of  Mitt  Romney.  

Viewing  the  chart  we  can  see  total  incomes  and  spending  by   both   campaigns   listed  month   by  month.   These   figures   are  absolute   numbers,   not   accumulated   values.   The   Democratic  Party  started  earlier  -­‐  in  2011  -­‐  to  raise  money  and  managed  to                                                                                                                  86  Federal  Election  Commission,  Campaign  Finance  Disclosure  Portal:  http://www.fec.gov/pindex.shtml    87  The  New  York  Times:  The  2012  Money  Race  –  Compare  the  Candidates  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance  [Accessed:  12.05.2013]  

Page 115: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   115              

 

raise   slightly  more   in   the   summer   period   partially   due   to   the  fact  that  Republicans’  attention  was  drawn  to  their  presidential  primaries  till  the  14th  of  July.    

In   the   last   months   donations   were   significantly  increasing   not   only   compared   to   the   previous   months   but  compared   to   previous   years’   tendencies   too.   Thanks   to   the  sophisticated   online   fundraising   techniques,   that   we   will  examine   later   on,   Dems   could   multiply   their   income   in   this  period.   September   2012  was   a   better  month   than   September  2008  online.  And   “in  October  2012,  when   there  was   significant  voter   excitement   and   anxiety   generated   by   the   presidential  debates,   digital   fundraising   increased   on   a   month-­‐over-­‐month  basis.”88  

 

                                                                                                               88   The   TIME:   Exclusive   Obama’s   2012   Digital   Fundraising   Outperformed  2008:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:  12.11.2013]  

Page 116: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

116   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Picture  3.2:  Fundraising  month  by  month  [Source:  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance]   The  second  part  of   this  statistic   is  showing  proportions  of   the  different   sources   mentioned   earlier,   named   the   presidential  candidates,   the   national   party   committees   and   the   even   the  primary  Super  PACs  -­‐  by  democrats  called  ‘Priorities  USA  Action  Super   PAC’,   by   republicans   called   ‘Restore   Our   Future   Super  PAC’.        

Page 117: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   117              

 

Picture  3.3:  Money  raised  by  Sources  [Source:  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance  ]  

 Obama,   as   candidate,   has   raised   $258.9m  more   based   on  

this  statement,  partially  because  of  his  time  advantage.  This  can  be   seen   even   in   the   different   nominee’s   own   fundraising  contributions,   because   the   amount   that   the   President   has  raised   ($726.2m)  was   68   percent   of   his   total   incomes,   whilst  Romney  carried  only  45  percent  of  his  funds  with  alone  raised  money.    

Picture  3.4:  Outside  Spending  [Source:  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance]  

Last,  but  not  least  we  need  to  take  look  at  a  table  showing  

outside  spendings.  We  can  see  listed  the  top  spenders  for  and  against  each  candidates.  

Page 118: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

118   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

   3.4  Fundraising  Best  Practice  

 Romney’s  biggest  financial  advantage  was  that  he  has  been  able  to   attract   big   donors,   either   through   direct   contributions   to  the   campaign   or   through   independent   groups.   46%   of  Romney’s   campaign   committee   donors   gave   the   maximum  allowable  contribution  of  $2,500,  compared  to  15%  of  Obama’s  donors.89  But  the  Obama  campaign  performed  exemplary  with  its  digital   fundraising,  as  they  increased  the  previous  amounts  they’ve   raised,   from   $500  million   in   2008,   to   $690  million   in  201290  that  came  through  their  various  web  properties.  

To   have   a   well-­‐performing  digital   fundraising   platform  the   campaign   had   to   have   a   stable   and   well-­‐planned  background   system   that   had   enough   capacity   to   handle   the  increased   interactions   and   maximize   online   fundraising  efficiency.  Since  2011  the  campaign’s  IT  team  collaborated  with  one  of  their  vendors,  Blue  State  Digital91  (Blue  State)  and  aimed  to   develop   an   unprecedented   fundraising   platform.   The  

                                                                                                               89  Dustin  Cable:  Who  is  winning  the  money  game?  Understanding  campaign  finance  statistics.  http://statchatva.org/2012/08/29/whos-­‐winning-­‐the-­‐money-­‐game-­‐understanding-­‐campaign-­‐finance-­‐statistics/  [Accessed:  01.10.2013]  90  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  91  Blue  State  Digital’s  homepage:  http://www.bluestatedigital.com  [Accessed:  12.05.2013]  

Page 119: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   119              

 

campaign   increased   progressively   the   number   of   hired  engineers  with  specific  focus  on  fundraising.92  

One   of   the   campaign’s   priorities   was   performance.   “We  knew   from   the   very   beginning   that   our   new   donation   platform  needed   to   be   as   fast   as  we   could   reasonably  make   it.  We  were  very   familiar   with   all   the   stories   from   huge   companies   like  Amazon93   and   Google94   about   how   only   100   milliseconds   of  latency   can   affect   conversions   by   as   much   as   1%.”   -­‐   says   Kyle  Rush,   Obama   campaign   technologist.   They   managed   to   make  the   new   platform   60%   faster   and   that   resulted   in   a   14%  increase  in  donation  conversions.    

Design   and   comprehensibility   was   a   priority   too.  Therefore  they  elaborated  an  appealing  and  user-­‐friendly  web  form  (see  Picture  3.3).  

And   with   this   technological   background   the   campaign  could   leverage   the  micro   donations,   online   fundraising,   social  networks   and   social   media   and   they   had   some   notable  results:95  

                                                                                                               92  Kyle  Rush,  Expert  in  Optimization:  http://kylerush.net/blog/meet-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaigns-­‐250-­‐million-­‐fundraising-­‐platform/  [Accessed:  18.03.2013]  93  Hacker  News:  https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=273900  [Accessed:  08.01.2014]  94  WPO:  Web  Performance  Optimization.  http://www.stevesouders.com/blog/2010/05/07/wpo-­‐web-­‐performance-­‐optimization/  [Accessed:  07.05.2013]  95  Social  Media  Fundraising,  Obama  and  the  2012  Presidential  Elections:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/social-­‐media-­‐fundraising-­‐2012-­‐presidential-­‐election/#sthash.R4Tgfgqg.dpuf  [Accessed:02.04.2013]  

Page 120: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

120   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

• 58%  of  individual  donations  were  under  $1000,  30%  of  the  total  being  under  $2000.  • Three   million   donors   made   Six   and   a   half   million  

donations  online.  • Eighty-­‐dollar  average  was  the  online  gift  size.  This   may   also   suggest   that   over   the   last   four   years  

American   voters   have   become  more   comfortable   with   the  idea   of   giving   small   amounts   of   money   to   a   presidential  campaign  online.96  Social  media  fundraising  in  general  tends  to  be   a   very,   if   not   a   the   most   powerful   tool   in   modern  campaigning.97   A   data   focused   research98   identifies   four  reasons  why   social  media  users   are  more  willing   to  donate99:  because  they  are  more  politically  engaged;  they  are  more  active  users;   are  well   connected   and   simply   they   raise  more  money.  This   is   what   the   Obama   campaign   understood   at   the   very  beginning  and  explored  it  on  a  really  high  level.    

                                                                                                               96  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  97  The  Power  of  Social  Fundraising  and  Friends  Asking  Friends:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/the-­‐power-­‐social-­‐fundraising-­‐and-­‐friends-­‐asking-­‐friends-­‐infographic/  [Accessed:04.09.2013]  98  MDG:  Fundraising  in  the  Social  Media  Era:  http://www.mdgadvertising.com/blog/political-­‐fundraising-­‐in-­‐the-­‐social-­‐media-­‐era-­‐infographic/  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  99  Social  Media  Fundraising  in  the  2012  Presidential  Elections:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/social-­‐media-­‐fundraising-­‐2012-­‐presidential-­‐election/  [Accessed:  12.11.2013]  

Page 121: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   121              

 

 Picture  3.5:  Optimization  of  Fundraising    Webform  [Source:   http://kylerush.net/blog/meet-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaigns-­‐250-­‐million-­‐fundraising-­‐platform/]  

   Fundraising   techniques   were   really   creative.   According  

to   Professor   Jarding’s   categorization   of   fundraising   we   have  seen   alternative   ways   of   raising   money,   such   as   many  fundraising   events,   which   he   has   held   once   revealing   the  country   to   gather   supporters.   Each   visit   of   Obama   or   his  surrogates,   like  Michelle  Obama,   Joe  Biden   or  Bill   Clinton  has  

Page 122: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

122   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

brought   together   thousands  of  citizens.   In   their  speeches   they  have   always   told   how   to   support   the   President   and   that  followers   should   navigate   on   the   website   and   check  barackobama.com.  On  the  website  one  of  the  first   instructions  were  once  joining  the  campaign  and  second  donating  money.  

A  fairly  appealing  fundraising  event  was  a  dinner  with  the  presidential  couple.  Every  three  month  a  dinner100  was  drawn  between   donors   in   a   certain   period.   This   kind   of   an   online  lottery   was   organized   even   to   win   tickets   for   prestigious  events,   like   concerts   of   supporters,   political   events   or   gala  dinners  organized  by  celebrities.  

Another   fundraising   tactic   was   when   supporters   gave  dinners   for   their   contacts,   like   Anna   Wintour101   or   George  Clooney102  who   raised  millions   of   dollars   in   one   evening   only  by   inviting   friends   and   business  partners.  

The   campaign   had   a   wide  variety   of   gadgets   that   they   were  selling  on   their  online  web   shop:  T-­‐shirts,   yard   signs,  mugs,  pins,  bottle  openers   and   so   on.   The   income   of  

                                                                                                               100  Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]    101  The  Huffington  Post:  Anna  Wintour.  http://www.huffingtonpost.com/news/anna-­‐wintour-­‐obama-­‐fundraiser/  [Accessed:  11.11.2013]  102  The  CNN:  California  as  Obama  Fundraiser.  http://www.cnn.com/2012/05/11/politics/california-­‐obama-­‐fundraiser/  [Accessed:  09.10.2013]  

Page 123: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   123              

 

the  web  shop  was  invested  in  the  campaign.  

You   could   find   the  Donation   button   on   every  platform:   in   e-­‐mails,  newsletters,   mails,   on   the  website,   on   the   campaign’s  

and   Obama’s   personal   social   media   profiles,   like   Twitter,  Facebook   etc.  Moreover   they  used   text  message   fundraising  too.  As  they  possessed  already  the  personal  information  saved  in  the  database  and  even  the  data  of  your  contacts;  “you  got  a  text  message  on  your  number  saying  you  can  send  a  reply  stating  how  much   they   should   charge   on   your   credit   card;   and   so   they  could  have  donations  that  differed  from  the  options  listed  on  the  email,  different  than  5  or  25.”103  

So   as   we   can   see   raising   money   for   the   campaign   was   a  core  question  in  it’s  setting,  not  only  in  it’s  communication,  but  even  in  it’s  internal  structure.  

                                                                                                               103    Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]      

Page 124: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

124   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 3.5  Top  Contributors  

 To  maintain  transparency  not  only  the  campaign’s  incomes  and  spending   have   to   be   identified   and   shared,   but   donors’   name  list   also.   The   website   called   ‘opensecrets.org’   revealed   all   the  related   information,   has   set   a   search   for   donors   and   created  lists  of   the   top  donors.   It   is  not  always  possible   to  code  every  single   donation   in   spite   of   all   effort.   “PAC   contributions   are  virtually   100%   identified,   but   many   individual   contributions  simply   cannot   be   categorized.”104   On   the   list   you   can   see  institutions,   organizations   and   even   universities.   The  organizations  themselves  did  not  donate,  but  the  money  came  from   the   organizations'   PACs,   their   individual   members   or  employees   and   their   families.   Organization   totals   include  subsidiaries  and  affiliates.105  

                                                                                                               104  Percent  of  Contributions  Coded:  https://www.opensecrets.org/pres08/include/percentcoded_pop.php  [Accessed:12.05.2013]  105  Open  Secrets,  Barack  Obama,  Contributors:    https://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/contrib.php?id=N00009638  [Accessed:  09.07.2013]  

Page 125: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   125              

 

   

University  of  California  

$1,212,245  

US  Dept  of  State   $417,629  

Microsoft  Corp   $814,645   DLA  Piper   $401,890  

Google  Inc   $801,770   Sidley  Austin  LLP   $400,883  

US  Government   $728,647   Walt  Disney  Co   $369,598  

Harvard  University   $668,368   IBM  Corp   $369,491  

Kaiser  Permanente  

$588,386   University  of  Chicago  

$357,185  

Stanford  University  

$512,356   University  of  Michigan  

$339,806  

Deloitte  LLP   $456,975   Comcast  Corp   $337,628  

Columbia  University  

$455,309   US  Dept  of  Justice   $334,659  

Time  Warner   $442,271   US  D  of  Health  Services    

$309,956  

Picture  3.6:  Top  Donors    [Source:  opensecrets.org]    

Page 126: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

126   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 The  website  has  made  and  shared  some   interesting   lists,  

putting   donors   in   a   selective   order.   We   can   see   top   state  donors,   donors   categorized   by   economic   sectors   and   biggest  industry   company  donors.   Just   to   repeat  myself,   these  donors  are   not   the   organizations   themselves,   but   their   employees,  members   or   other   affiliates   and   subsidiaries   who   raised   the  money.

 Picture  3.7:  Top  State  Donors  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php]  

Page 127: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   127              

 

Picture  3.8:  Top  Industry  Donors  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php]  

 

Page 128: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

128   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Picture  3.9:  Top  Donors  for  Both  Candidates  from  Industries  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/]  

Page 129: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   129              

 

3.6  Results  and  Proportions    

As   we   have   seen   at   the   beginning,   campaigns,   especially  presidential   campaigns   have   increased   their   funds   because  costs   increased.  The  2008  elections  were  record  breaking   in  many   senses,   but   only   until   the   2012   elections.   Candidates  raised   a   total   of   $1.8   billion,   with   Barack   Obama   raising   an  extraordinary   $745   million   while   John   McCain   raised   $368  million  in  2008.106  Republicans  have  learnt  the  lesson  from  the  2008   elections’   fundraising   and   boosted   it   in   2012.   Due   to  Citizen   United   the   way   campaigns   are   funded   has  fundamentally  changed.  Echoing  Jim  Messina,  Republicans  had  numerous   outside   groups   helping   to   increase   their   influence  and   spread   their  message  and   the  GOP   raised  money   through  SuperPACs   and   other   big-­‐dollar   donors.   They   have   even  announced  a  $120  million  dollar  campaign  in  April.107  

But   how   did   they   deliver?   What   were   the   fundraising  results?  And   from  whom  did  both  parties  get   the  money?  The  following   two   charts   aim   to   illustrate   both,   Democrat   and  Republican  fundraising  outcomes.  

         

                                                                                                               106  Johnson,  D.W.  [2011]  107  Jim  Messina,  Obama  2012  Strategy  Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  

Page 130: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

130   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

       

Picture  3.10:  Distribution  of  Donors  [Source:  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance]  

 On   the   first   one   the   proportion   of   big-­‐   and   smaller  

donors  can  be  seen  clearly.  We  have  already  spoken  about  the  Obama   campaign’s   successful   reach   out   to   everyday  individuals,   even   students,   pensioners   or   low-­‐income   voters,  who  could  donate  only  a  small  amount  to  the  campaign.  In  the  first  row  we  can  see  both  candidate’s  donors,  where  donations  were  maximized   ($2500).   57   percent   of   Obama’s   funds   were  raised   of   amounts   smaller   than   $200.   Not   like   Romney,   who  received   39%   of   his   donations   as   amounts   between   $500-­‐$2500.  

The   difference   in   the   big   and   small   donors’   proportion   is  well   demonstrated   on   the   second   diagram,  where   dark   green  signs  small   individual  contributions,  whilst   light  green  are  the  large   contributors.   Moreover   we   may   note   the   difference  between   PAC   contributions   (Obama:   $0;   Romney   $1,076,496)  that  we  have  already  examined  earlier.  

Page 131: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   131              

 

 

Picture  3.11:  Proportion  of  small-­‐  and  big  donors  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php]      3.7  Spending  

 “Lastly,   it   is   important   to   remember   that   money   will   do   a  campaign  no  good  unless   it   is   spent.    It   is  not  necessarily  a  bad  thing   for  a  campaign  to  spend  more  than  what   it   takes   in   for  a  particular  month.    As  Election  Day  nears,  it  makes  sense  to  spend  and  deplete  campaign  treasuries.”108  As  we  could  see  campaigns  

                                                                                                               108  Dustin  Cable:  Who  is  winning  the  money  game?  Understanding  campaign  finance  statistics.  http://statchatva.org/2012/08/29/whos-­‐winning-­‐the-­‐

Page 132: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

132   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

increased  their  funds  in  the  last  couple  of  months,  particularly  around   the   debates,   as   voter   excitement   was   higher   in   that  period.  

Campaigns  were   evenly  outspent.   They  have  used   all   the  money   they   have   raised.   On   the   next   table   we   can   see   how  much  the  two  teams  have  spent  on  the  campaign.  

   

Picture  3.12:  Spending  Related  to  Presidential  Race  [Source:  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php]  

   Without  over  explaining   these   comprehensible   figures,   let  

us  focus  on  the  row  of  outside  spending,  where  the  Red  Team  raised  almost  3  times  as  many  funds  as  the  Blue  Team.  Due  to                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            money-­‐game-­‐understanding-­‐campaign-­‐finance-­‐statistics/  [Accessed:  01.10.2013]    

Page 133: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   133              

 

these   contributions   the   Red   Team   stole   the   Blue   Teams  thunder  spending  $1,238,090,807.  

The   finance   operation   expanded   the   organization’s  capacity   by   delivering   the   funding   needed   to   hire   staff,   open  offices  and  provide  resources.  The   finance  team  created  many  innovative  programs,  such  as  “Obama  University”  trainings  for  fundraisers,   and   affinity   groups,   such   as   the   youth-­‐focused  Gen44   group.   It   also   worked   closely   with   the   digital   team   to  maximize  campaign  resources.109  

In   the   same   roundtable   conference   mentioned   earlier,   at  Delaware  University,  David  Plouffe  has  raised  some  interesting  thoughts  responding  to  a  question  regarding  the  paradoxity  of  spending  always  more  money  on  campaign  ads,  investing  more  in   television   advertising,   and   at   the   same   time   witnessing   a  lower   turnout.   How   is   that   possible?   –   asked   the   questioner.  Plouffe   replied   the   question   accurately   explaining   the  questioner  that  the  campaign  was  ran  only  in  9  states  not  in  the  other   41.   Therefore   where   the   campaign   was   happening  turnouts  had  to  be  higher,  and  this  was  a  good  sign.  Regarding  television   ads,   he   measured   spending   in   gross   rating   points,  which  is  the  index  based  on  viewers  and  time  of  television  you  buy.  He  said  “  The  average  is  a  kind  of  1000  GRP  which  means  that   an   average   viewer   sees   your   ad   more   or   less   10   times.  There  were  some  markets  where  we  were  3-­‐4000  gross  rating  points,   which   would   be   historical   and   astronomical.   In   this  election  the  Republican  Super  PACs  were  9-­‐10000  gross  rating  points,   so   in   some   states,   like   Nevada   or   Ohio   for   every   3                                                                                                                  109  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  33  

Page 134: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

134   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

republican   ads   you   had   one   democrat.”110   And   than   he   adds:  “Big   question   for   democracy   is   not   only   television   ads   but  donations.   We   had   only   one   individual,   only   one,   who   donated  100  million   dollars   to   influence  who   the   next   president  will   be.  And  in  2016,   if  things  are  going  into  this  direction  than  it  won’t  be   about   the   candidate   anymore,   it   won’t   be   about   volunteers  anymore  or  about  the  campaign  plan,  but  it  will  be  about  super  PAC   games.   I   am   not   saying   you  wont   have   to   deal   with   other  issues,  but   if  you  don’t  have  a  super  PAC  game  that’s  huge!  You  are  not  going  to  be  able  to  win!  This  is  a  really  really  disturbing  trend  I  think.”111  

                                                                                                               110  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  111  Idem.  

Page 135: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   135              

 

           4.  Campaign  Communication  

Page 136: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

136   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 137: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   137              

 

                   “The  Obama  campaign  in  2012  was  10  light-­‐years  ahead  from  a  technology  perspective  in  being  able  to  identify  voters,  target  voters,  turn  out  voters.”  

Steve  Schmidt  Senior  Campaign  Strategist  GOP  

(2012)    

   

he   communications   team   was   responsible   for   media  relations  and  external  communications,  working  closely  across  the  campaign  to  get  out  the  President’s  message,  

define   the   opposition   and   shape   the   media   environment.   It  worked  across  platforms  –  online,  on  the  ground,  and  through  the   national,   state,   and   constituency  media   –   to   communicate  the  campaign’s  core  message  and  define  Romney  before  he  got  

T  

Page 138: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

138   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

out  of  the  gate.112    Campaign   communication   is   one   of   the  most   important  

pillars  within  a  campaign.  We  have  mentioned  some  elements  of   this   important   asset,   but   in   this   chapter   we   will   have   an  opportunity   to   enter   into   details   and   get   some   explanation  from   professionals   and   staff   members   of   the   2012   Obama  campaign,   who   gave   many   speeches   on   their   field   after   the  elections.  

The   chapter   is   divided   in   two   parts,   both   external   and  internal  communications  are  evenly   important.  With  external  communication  we  intend  to  study  all  those  tools  that  served  for   voter   connection   and   messaging.   E-­‐mails,   Social   Media,  Youtube,   the  Website,  Text  Messaging  and  TV  ads  are  general  components  of  delivering  the  message  of  the  campaign.  We  will  have   an   insight   how   the   Obama   staff   has   improved   it   to  implement  something  highly  innovative  and  sophisticated.    

Internal  communication  and  it’s  assets  are  less  visible  for  simple   users,   but   they   are   as   important   as   outside  communication,   especially   since   we   know   that   the   core  program   of   the   campaign   was   organization   building   that  embraced   all   the   other   campaign   activities.   For   a   better  working  organization  it  was  fundamental  to  invent  an  internal  information   technological   system   that   is   easy   to   use   also   for  basic   users   and   has   enough   capacity   to   treat   an   enormous  amount  of  data  that  composes  a  nationwide  database.  

Actually  everything  visible  starts  with  communication.  This                                                                                                                  112  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.43  

Page 139: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   139              

 

is   the   procedure   that   reveals   planning.   And   the   Obama  campaign  made  it  clear  at  a  very  early  stage  that  they  planned  to   communicate   through  new  media,   as   they  have   announced  their   campaign   on   Youtube:   “President   Obama's   campaign   on  Monday  released  a  seven-­‐minute  video  entitled  "Forward,"  which  they're  using  to  kick  off  the  general  election.”  -­‐  writes  CBS  News  on  it’s  website.  Referring  to  Harvard  Professor  Steven  Jarding  it  has   high   importance   to   be   the   first   in   defining   our   own  position,   the  opponent  and   the  battleground.   In   this   sense  we  need  to  underline  how  this  pitch  “Forward”  video   implements  all   these   key   concepts:   it   perfectly   describes   the   image   of   the  Democratic   candidate,   Barack   Obama,   by   emphasizing   his  political   achievement   makes   clear   the   goal   to   be   reelected.  Many   campaign   messages   were   expressed   in   this   kick   off  video,   that   was   consequently   repeated   on   other   forums,   in  other   ads.   Messages   just   like   the   economic   stimulus   package  that  saved  4.2  million  jobs;  the  end  of  the  Don't  Ask  Don't  Tell  policy  discriminating  against  gays  in  the  military;  the  end  of  the  Iraq  war;  the  changes  to  regulation  of  Wall  Street  and  the  credit  card   companies;   the   auto   bailout   and  many   other   economical  and  social  achievements  that  sign  his  path  as  milestones.113  

Regarding  the  opponent,  and  his  definition,  as  we  did  not  have  a  specific  name  of  the  potential  candidate  since  they  were  still   in   the  primary  race,   the  Republican  Party  was  nominated  and   defined   as   overall.   "Instead   of   working   together   to   lift  

                                                                                                               113  CBS  NEWS:  Obama’s  2012  Campaign  Pitch  Forward,  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/obamas-­‐2012-­‐campaign-­‐pitch-­‐forward/  [Accessed:  12.03.2013]  

Page 140: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

140   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

America   up,   Republicans   were   waging   a   campaign   to   tear   the  president  down,"  the  narrator  says  as  the  video  shows  images  of  congressional   Republicans.114   This   statement   echoes   the  opinion   of   Steve   Schmidt,   GOP   campaign   director,   who  highlighted   it   at   a   roundtable   discussion   at   Delaware  University,  when  he  explained  how  Dems  had  an  advantage  by  defining   themselves   whilst   the   GOP   had   to   deal   with   the  primaries.115  

This   is   a   good   example   how   powerful   new   media   and  online   communication   can   be   if   it   is   professionally   used   and  well   planned.   Let   us   now   come   around   this   issue   and  understand   why   the   Obama   campaign   was   so   efficient   in   his  external  communication.      4.1  External  Communication    “But   he   walks   into   the   debate   tonight   with   the   upper   hand   in  large   part   because   he   has   been   running   the   more   subtle   and  sophisticated  campaign.”116  

Joe  Klein  Journalist  (2012)  

                                                                                                               114  Idem.  115  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  116  TIME:  Obama’s  Swing  State  Success  Explained:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/10/03/obamas-­‐swing-­‐state-­‐success-­‐explained/  [Accessed:  11.05.2013]  

Page 141: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   141              

 

4.1.1  Tendencies    

Contemporary   with   the   evolution   of   online   communication,  even  human  interaction  has  changed  profoundly.  The  way  we  interact  with  each  another  changed  profoundly,  so  did  political  campaigns:   the  way   politicians   communicate   with   voters,   the  way   people   react   on   campaigns   and   the   way   citizens,  supporters,  activists  and  voters  interact  among  themselves  and  how   they   communicate   one  with   another   about   elections   and  campaigns.  The  best  way  to  demonstrate  this  evolution  and  it’s  externalities   is   to   list   information   technology   inventions   and  their  first  use  in  political  campaigns.117  

                                                                                                               117  Johnson  [2011]  pp.10-­‐11  

Page 142: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

142   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Websites   1992  Email   1992  Text  messaging   2000  Blogging   2003  Social  networking   2004  YouTube   2006  Twitter   2008  

Picture  4.1:  Online  platforms’  first  use  in  campaigns  [Source:  Johnson  2011]  

 Moreover   we   need   to   add   one   more   row   to   this   table,  

Dashboard  was  used  first  in  2012.  Though  it  served  mainly  for  internal  communication,  it  was  the  primary  manner  for  voters  to  get  involved,  sign  up  and  participate  in  the  campaign.  

Johnson   raises   a   very   useful   question   in   his   book   and   it  serves   as   most   important   principle   in   defining   a   campaigns  external   communication:   “Where   does   the   public   gets   its  information   about   political   campaigns?”118.   I   would   add   even  the   aspect   of   where   does   the   public   gets   it’s   general  information,   the   news?   What   kind   of   news   do   they   require?  How   are   these   news   interpreted   and   shared?   What   makes  people  follow  issues  or  individuals?  

                                                                                                               118  Idem  pp.13  

Page 143: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   143              

 

I   would   refer   to   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director119   of   the  President’s  campaign,  who  gave  a  very  clear  picture  on  how  the  campaign   treated   IT   evolution   and   tried   to   leverage   the   best  way   to   get   through   to   voters.120   Comparing   to   2008   social  media   was   a   little   bit   different:   Facebook   was   accepted   by  people,   increasing   it’s   users   consistently,   Twitter   -­‐   as   it   was  invented   in   2006   -­‐   it   was   only   in   it’s   infancy   and   even  smartphones   weren’t   so   generally   used   (IPhone   was   only  invented  in  2007).  

Technologies  came  a  long  way,  we  all  have  learnt  to  adapt  many  new  platforms  and  we  all  use  new  surfaces  on  a  regular  basis.   Teddy   Goff   believes   that   these   online   tools   have   a   lot  more  power,   and   that   for   this   reason   technologies  have   to  be  treated   very   well.   Taking   an   example,   “if   bad   news   in   2008  appeared  on  the  web,  people  would  have  clicked  away.  But  now,  in  2012  they  click  away  and  then  retweet   it  why  it  wasn’t  good.  This  is  a  huge  difference”.121  

Nevertheless   technological   development   and   changes   in  users’  habits,  many   things  haven’t   changed   in   the  past  years   -­‐  such  as  the  goals  of  the  campaign  to  register  voters,  to  recruit  volunteers  or  to  turnout  the  electorate.  “It  is  important  to  not  to  lose  sight  of  the  fact  that  the  people  haven’t  changed”  -­‐  adds  Goff.  

                                                                                                               119  The  Digital  Team  was  actually  that  staff  who  was  responsible  for  external  communication  planning  and  executing,  whilst  the  Technology  Team  carried  internal  communication  -­‐  Campaign  Legacy  Report  2012  p.26  120   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  121    Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  President  Obama’s  2012,  Part  1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  

Page 144: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

144   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

They  have  more  equipment  but  feelings  and  personal  need  are  right  the  same.  Therefore  the  core  principle  of  the  Digital  Team  was:  “If  you  value  people  and  honor  those  values,  than  they  will  do  a  lot  for  us.”122  

 

                                                                                                               122  Idem.  

Page 145: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   145              

 

4.1.2  The  Digital  Team’s  Core  Program    

“The  digital  program  was  the  most  complex  digital  operation  any  political   campaign   has   ever   seen,   and   decisions  were   driven   by  rigorous  testing  and  clear  metrics.”123    The  goals  of  the  digital  program  were  not  different  from  goals  across   the  campaign:  recruit  and  organize  volunteers,   register  voters,  persuade  voters,   turn  out   the  vote  and  raise  money   to  manage   pay   for   it   all.   Metrics   such   as   downloads,   clicks,  follower   growth   were   not   set   as   goals,   but   helped   only   to  measure  efforts  as  leading  indicators.  

The   main   mission   of   the   digital   team   was   to   engage  supporters  with  each  other  to  help  to  win  this  election  in  their  own  communities  in  an  effective  and  simple  manner.  Therefore  the   Digital   team,   collaborating   closely   with   the   campaign’s  Technology  team  expanded  and  engaged  online  communities  of  volunteers  with  innovating  tools  like  Dashboard  and  the  Call  Tool.    

They   have   invented   new   ways   and   have   multiplied  traditional   forms  of   collecting  voting   information  online   -­‐   like  GottaRegister.com.   All   of   these   sites   were   set   up   to   provide  innovative   platforms   for   users   to   share   information   and  connect  with  their   friends  to  exchange  thoughts  about  politics  and  so  persuade  more  and  more  people.124  

Digital   messages   and   digital   messaging   had   two   levels:  first   the   national   coordination   that   framed   accurately   the                                                                                                                  123  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  80  124  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  81  

Page 146: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

146   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

communication  strategy.  Second  each  state  ran   its  own  digital  program   and   could   produce   and   boost   state-­‐related   and   local  topics.    

As   the   2012   Obama   Campaign   Legacy   Report   (2012)  writes,  “The  digital  program  was  a  key  part  of  the  success  of  the  2012  campaign.”  They  have  invested  in  new  areas,  ideas  and  as  a   result,   the   campaign   was   able   to   engage   more   people   and  build   a   community   of   online   supporters.   Let   us   now   focus   on  the  various  assets  used  in  this  mission.  

   

4.1.3  The  Campaign’s  Website    By   1996   several   presidential   candidates   had   their   own  

websites.   Today   it   is   unthinkable   not   to   have   a   website.  Moreover   websites   acquire   many   other   functions   besides  providing   information,   as   they   mostly   reinforce   political  attachments,   mobilize   activists   to   contribute   funds   and   to  volunteer   their   time   and   last   but  not   least  websites  may  be   a  decisive  motivation  for  the  electorate  to  vote.125  

The   campaign’s   website   works   as   an   entrance   to   a  universal   field   office.   Clicking   on   ‘www.barackobama.com’   is   a  crucial  moment  when   a   potential   supporter   or   an   Obama   fan  meets   the   President   and   his   campaign.   There   are   numerous  needs   that   a   website   has   to   satisfy:   it   has   to   be   appealing,  comprehensible,   easy   to   navigate,   informative,   entertaining,  engaging  and  coherent.  The  campaign   team  has  experimented                                                                                                                  125  Johnson  pp.14.  

Page 147: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   147              

 

many  potential  styles  and  structures  to  find  the  most  appealing  version   for   their  website.   As   Teddy   Goff   said,   the   aim  was   to  create   a   website   that   gives   people   a   good   experience   to  navigate  on.126  

The   website   ‘www.barackobama.com’   harmonizes   with  the  American  national   colors,   but   gives   a   friendly   impression.  Its  structure   is   relatively  simple,   it   is  not  overwhelming  but   it  prioritizes  very  well  the  occuring  information.  It  gives  a  general  picture  of  what  main  policies  Obama  fights  for,  or  what  the  core  issues  are  which  form  his  policy-­‐making,  and  on  the  other  hand  it   always   updates   you   with   the   latest   news   and   is   renewed  regularly.  Last  but  not   least   it  gives  you  all   the  opportunity   to  join   the   campaign,   to   sign   up   or   to   donate,   in   one   word   to  engage  with  the  campaign.    

Among  numerous  options  to  dialogue  with  the  website,  one  is  interconnectivity  among  all  other  Obama  platforms  such  as  all   of   the   campaign’s   social  media  profiles,   that   invites   you   to  follow  him   through  more  of  your   “digital   lifespace”.  Moreover  ‘Donate’  and   ‘Sign  up’  buttons  were  actually   the   first   tool   that  could  be  seen  once  opening  the  site.  If  you  had  an  account,  the  system  remembered  you  and  filled  out  brackets  automatically.  It   worked   as   a   safe   payment   system.   According   to   Goff,   “so  once  you  save  your  credit  card  information  we  were  sending  you  an  email  saying,  that  we  already  have  all  your  information  so  if  you   want   to   donate   then   you   just   need   to   click   here   and   you  donate  5$,  or  click  on  the  10$  button  and  so  you  donate  10$.  And                                                                                                                  126  Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]  

Page 148: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

148   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

at  the  time  people  donated  they  got  a  message  saying  thanks  and  click  here  if  you  want  to  donate  again.”  127  This  is  how  they  were  able   to   raise   millions   of   dollars   through   micro-­‐   and   small-­‐amount  donations  and  increase  their  databases  with  important  information  about  followers.    

Due  to  all  these  reasons  it  was  beneficial  for  the  campaign  when   numerous   people   opened   their   website.   They   have  directed   all   other   potential   websites   they   were   using   to   this  one,   like   the   page   of   ‘Organizing   for   America’,   and   kept  repeating  the  address  ‘www.barackobama.com’   in  their  ads,  on  their   Facebook   profile   and   in   every   Youtube   video   they  uploaded  and  in  every  speech  they  have  held.  The  website  was  one   fundamental   component   of   the   campaigns   complex  communication  network.  

   

4.1.4  Video  Component  and  Youtube    

We  could  describe  the  importance  of  the  video  content  quoting  David   Plouffe,   who   said   “nowadays   if   it   doesn’t   have   a   video  component  it  doesn’t  really  go  into  media”128.  This  is  worth  for  events   registered,   speeches   made   and   even   scandals,   like   we  have   seen   it   with   the   secret   videotape   made   of   governor  Romney   whilst   speaking   about   47%   of   the   electorate   in   the  United  States  -­‐  we  will  get  back  to  this  videotape  further  on.  

                                                                                                               127  Idem.  128  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  

Page 149: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   149              

 

Plouffe   mentions   video   materials   in   connection   with  negative   advertising   too.   He   calls   it   ‘comparative   ads’   that  were   run   by   the   Obama   campaign   especially   in   the   early  months  of  the  2012  elections.  “Using  short  cuts  of  Romney  and  interpreting   his   own   words   was   the   most   powerful   negative  campaign”129  -­‐  says  Plouffe,  as  it  deprives  him  from  his  role  as  a  leader  and  credible  politician.  

Youtube   became   an   important   tool   of   political  campaigning.   The  Obama   campaign   has   extensively   used   it   in  2008.  “Barack  Obama  made  the  most  use  of  this  vehicle.  posting  1,839   videos   with   an   astounding   132.8   million   viewers”130   -­‐  writes   Johnson   -­‐   “John   McCain   posted   329   videos   with   26.3  million   viewers.”   Youtube   suddenly   became   a   platform   that  allowed   presidential   candidates   to   communicate   with   voters  directly  and  form  personal  messages  getting  to  viewers  directly  online.  As  we  have  previously  mentioned  the  Obama  campaign  announced   its   start  with  a  video  called   “Forward”   released  on  its   Youtube   channel.   This   has   its   precedent   in   2008,   when  Obama   has   decided   to   post   a   video   on   public   campaign  financing   for   the  general  election  on  Youtube  and  only  during  the   first  week  more   than  300,000  people  viewed   it.  Moreover  as   a   chain   reaction,   more   than   4   million   viewers   watched  Obama’s   entire   37-­‐minute   speech   on   race   relations   in  America.131  As  a  nother  example  the  music  video  “Yes  we  can”  set  to  one  of  his  speeches,  made  by  Will.i.am  was  viewed  more  

                                                                                                               129  Idem.  130  Johnson  [2008]  p.15.  131  Idem.  

Page 150: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

150   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

than   10   million   times   by   2008   and   more   than   25   million   by  2013.    

The  method   remained   the   same,   but   their   core  messages  have   changed,   according   to   CBS   News   report:   “In   2008,   the  Obama   campaign  was   arguing   for   hope   and   change.   This   year,  the  president's  re-­‐election  campaign  is  asking  Americans  to  move  keep   moving   forward.”132   In   other   words   this   was   the   core  image  that  they  had  to  transmit  with  most  of  their  videos  that  they  have  uploaded.  

Today,   in   2014   ‘barackobamadotcom’,   Obama’s   own  Youtube   channel,   has   546,607   subscribers   and   3,002   videos  uploaded,  millions  of  views  regularly.  

   

4.1.5  Emails    E-­‐mails   are   indispensable   assets   of   our   everyday   life.   As  

Harper   Reed,   former   Technology   Chief   said   “we   are   getting  addicted   to   emails.”133   Moreover   the   majority   of   the   Internet  users  have  a  nearly  limitless  capacity  of  e-­‐mails  and  they  won’t  unsubscribe  no  matter  how  many  they’re  sent.134  This   is  what  the  campaign  had  to  work  on  and  explore,   this  became  one  of  

                                                                                                               132  CBS  News:  Obama’s  2012  Pitch  Forward:  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/obamas-­‐2012-­‐campaign-­‐pitch-­‐forward/  [Accessed:  17.05.2013]  133  Daily  Download:  Obama's  2012  Digital  Campaign  Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]  134  http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails  

Page 151: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   151              

 

their  most  capable  communication  tools.  Especially  since  in  the  recent   years   campaigns   have   become   more   interactive:  posting  pictures,  videos,  links  to  other  information,  hypertexts,  and   frequently   including   “Donate  now”  buttons.   “Emails   could  spiral   out   virally,   as   supporters   would   send   the   message   to  friends  and  associates.”135  

They   have   tested   numerous   times   the   various   e-­‐mails   to  find  the  best  what  fits  the  morale  and  has  an  impact.  Therefore  before   sending   out   an   electronic   mail   to   the   whole   list   of  supporters   and   subscribers,   they   have   elaborated   a  segmentation  plan   for  every  single  email  and  always  showed  it  to  some  focus  groups.136  

“We   did   extensive   A-­‐B   testing   not   just   on   the   subject   lines  and  the  amount  of  money  we  would  ask  people  for,”  says  Amelia  Showalter,   director   of   digital   analytics,   “but   on   the   messages  themselves  and  even   the   formatting.”137  The  staff  of  20  writers  produced  and  tested  often  as  many  as  18  variations.  

Subscribers   have   seen   weirdly   overfamiliar   e-­‐mails   that  were   emanated   by   the   Obama   campaign,   especially   since   a  casual   tone   was   usually   the   most   effective.138     “The   subject  lines  that  worked  best  were  things  you  might  see   in  your   in-­‐box                                                                                                                  135  Johnson  [2008]  p.16  136Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]  137  Business  Week:  The  Science  Behind  Those  Obama  Campaign  Mails,      http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails  [Accessed:  11.04.2013]  138  Business  Week:  The  Science  Behind  Those  Obama  Campaign  Mails,      http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails  [Accessed:  11.04.2013]  

Page 152: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

152   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

from  other  people,”  Fallsgraff  says.  “ ‘Hey’  was  probably  the  best  one   we   had   over   the   duration.”139   Whilst   for   example   the  concepts  of   “I  Need  Your   Support”   or   “Help  Me  on   the  Road   to  Victory”  proved  to  be  ineffective  for  the  Romney  campaign.140    

 Picture  4.2:  Subject  lines  for  the  E-­‐mails  [Source:   http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails]    

 On   the   picture   above   it   can   be   seen   why   testing   was   so  

important.  Based  on  the  outcome  of  the  focus  groups  the  team  has   calculated   how   much   the   different   email   versions   and  

                                                                                                               139  Idem.  140  The  Most  Successful  Email  Subject  Line  was  Hey:  http://www.techi.com/2013/03/the-­‐most-­‐successful-­‐email-­‐subject-­‐line-­‐for-­‐obamas-­‐campaign-­‐was-­‐hey/  [Accessed:  11.11.2013]  

Page 153: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   153              

 

subject   lines   would   have   risen.   And   we   can   see   clearly   “the  different  subjects  –  2  million  dollars  of  a  difference  only  because  the  subject  line  is  different.”141  

“We  were  so  bad  at  predicting  what  would  win   that   it  only  reinforced  the  need  to  constantly  keep  testing,”  says  Showalter,  Director  of  digital  analytics.142  And  as  it  seems  she  was  right,  as  they   have   explored   many   unexpected   hits:   like   profanity.  “Dropping   in   mild   curse   words   such   as   “Hell   yeah,   I   like  Obamacare”  got  big  clicks.  There  was  no  such  thing  as  the  perfect  e-­‐mail.”143  

Echoing   Teddy   Goff,   people   like   to   hear   back   what   they  have   done,   therefore   the   campaign   tended   to   send  measured  results,   for   instance   “supporters   required   to   list   the   names   of  donors   who   gave   $200   every   3   month.   The   campaign   was  publishing  these  lists,  saying  ‘official  list  of  names  who  have  built  the  campaign’.  This  worked  as  a  reminder  to  people  between  70-­‐199$  to  donate.  And  they  were  donating.”  144  

The   use   of   mild   curse   words,   donate   buttons   and   the  discovery   that   the   less   appealing   layouts   seemed   to  work   the  best  led  to  $690  million  in  funds  raised  for  the  campaign.  

 

                                                                                                               141   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]  142  Business  Week:  The  Science  Behind  Those  Obama  Campaign  Mails,      http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails  [Accessed:  11.04.2013]  143  Idem.  144   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]  

Page 154: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

154   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

4.1.6  Social  media    “Our   campaign   has   changed   from   08   to   12   in   so   many  

fundamental  ways,  think  about  it,  so  many  people  are  on  mobile  devices   now,   Facebook   is   the   dominant   way   people   want   to  engage   in   politics,   so   you   really   have   to   adapt.”   -­‐   says   Plouffe  whilst  reflecting  on  election  aftermath.145  According  to  this  the  campaign   emphasizes   the   online   tools   provided   by   social  media,   especially   that   social  media   is   an   adequate   answer   for  our  question  previously  raised:  Where  does  the  public  gets   its  information  about  political  campaigns?  

To  be  efficient  the  campaign  had  to  understand  and  adapt  the  language  of  Internet,  as  Teddy  Goff  admits146,  they  had  to  use   a   language   that   is   social,   rapid,   and   responsive.   Simpy  tumbling  out  messages  on  a  daily  basis  doesn’t  do  any  good  to  the  campaign,  unless  there  is  an  authenticity  and  a  relationship  built  between  voters  and  candidate.147    

“A  content  that  is  short,  funny,  it  is  sharable,  it  sort  of  invites  comments,  uses   imaginary,  uses   illusions.”148   -­‐   says  Goff.   “If  you  find   the   sentence   and   content   that   speaks   the   language   of   the  

                                                                                                               145     David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  146   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  146  Idem.  147  Johnson  [2011]  p.17  148    Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  President  Obama’s  2012,  Part  1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  

Page 155: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   155              

 

Internet  and  the  people  themselves  than  it  will  expand  on  it  and  even  overflows  it.”  

They  were  monitoring  all  the  tweets  and  posts.  And  so  they  were  monitoring  particularly   the  supporters,   their  user  habits  and  interests.  According  to  Harper  Reed,149  Former  Technology  Chief,   who   said   Twitter,   Facebook   and   Instagram   were   used  always  by  more  and  more  people.  And  “if  a  friend  shares  it,  than  you   listen   to   it   more   likely,   you   re-­‐share,   or   retweet   it   more  usually,  therefore  the  online  campaign  gets  more  genuine.”  says  Reed.  

Social   media   was   not   only   used   to   reach   out   to   a   wide  number   of   voters,   but   to   sophisticate   targeting.   The   use   of  Internet   and   especially   email   services   and   social   media  platforms   helped   tracking   the   habits   and   online   behavior   of  every   user.   This   phenomenon   is   actually   known   to   all   of   us  even   though   we   might   not   consider   it   as   a   result   of   a   well-­‐planned  and  complex  targeting  procedure.  We  just  simply  need  to  think  of  advertisements  that  seem  to  appear  randomly  once  logging   in   to   our   Youtube,   Facebook   or   other   social   accounts.  The   targeting   based   on   users’   habits   contributed   to   a   precise  and  professional  identification  in  the  campaign  as  well.    

                                                                                                               149  Daily  Download:  Obama's  2012  Digital  Campaign  Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]  

Page 156: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

156   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 a)  Twitter    Twitter  was  created  in  the  early  2006  by  Jack  Dorsey  to  allow  users   to   send   short   messages   (just   140   characters)   and  therefore   to   keep   up   with   friends.150   In   the   2008   general  elections’  campaigns  many  candidates,  such  as  Barack  Obama,  Joe   Biden   or   John   Edwards   have   used   Twitter   as   a   campaign  communication   tool.151   Moreover   Obama’s   victory   tweet  shared  on  his  profile  became   the  most   shared  post   ever   right  after   it’s   publication.  He   beated   Justin   Bieber  with  more   than  200,000   re-­‐tweets,   Obama’s   post   was   re-­‐tweeted   more   than  650,000  times.152  

                                                                                                               150  History  of  Twitter:  http://profilerehab.com/twitter-­‐help/history_of_twitter  [Accessed:  29.07.2012]  151  Johnson  [2011]  152  CNN  News:  http://www.cnn.com/video/?/video/showbiz/2012/11/07/the-­‐buzz-­‐today.hln&iref=videosearch&video_referrer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.cnn.com%2Fsearch%2F%3Fquery%3Dobama%25202012%2520victory%26primaryType%3Dvideo%26sortBy%3Ddate%26intl%3Dfalse  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  

Page 157: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   157              

 

 Picture  4.3:  Obama  Tweet  after  Elections  Day  [Source:  http://www.cnn.com  ]    

 Thanks   to   the   tweeting,   commenting,   viewing   modes,  

Twitter   is   an   interesting   and   challenging   asset   to   influence  general   opinion   about   certain   issues.   “In   just   a   few   minutes  there   is   a   consensus   evolving   after   events   or   happening.   The  consensus   of   who   is   winning,   who   is   doing   well,   who   made   a  mistake,   who   didn’t,   and   that   is   something   that   has   to   be  understood  about  modern  politics.”  -­‐  says  Plouffe.  “If  there  is  an  event   that   takes   an  hour   and  a   half,   your   people   out   there  will  

Page 158: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

158   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

not   look   at   it   holistically,   but   there   will   be   a   consensus   that  emerges   right   away,   right   within   10   minutes.’153   This   is   a  phenomenon   that   had   to   be   monitored   and   controlled  continuously  as  opinion-­‐sharing  could  easily  escalate  and  than  modify   general   image   and   the   common   perception   of   certain  events  and  facts.  Campaigns  used  creative  ways  to  keep  online  conversations  framed  and  directed.  

Especially   since   the   penetration   of   modern   devices   like  smartphones   and   tablets,   social   media   became   an   essential  online  platform  to  share  opinions.  It  is  not  surprising  than  that  since   2008,   candidates   have   routinely   added   them   to   their  repertoire  of  online  communication  devices.154  

 b)  Facebook    When  you  opened  the  Facebook  profile  of  the  President  of  the  United   States   you   could   see   the   most   important   information  highlighted  but  composed  in  a  pleasant  and  friendly  way.  

                                                                                                               153   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  154  Johnson  [2011]  p.  17  

Page 159: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   159              

 

Picture  4.4:  The  Facebook  Timeline  of  Barack  Obama  [Source:   http://newsfeed.time.com/2012/03/02/six-­‐things-­‐we-­‐learned-­‐from-­‐obamas-­‐facebook-­‐timeline/]  

 The  page  invites  people  to  take  a  walk  down  the  memory  

lane   in   Obama’s   life,   viewing   key   moments   and   milestones  from   both   his   presidency   and   his   personal   accomplishments  and  memories.155   It   combines  with   proficiency   a   profile   of   an  individual  and  functions  of   the  campaign,   like  the  online  store  or   the   sign   up   and   donate   buttons.   Message   and   image  harmonize   with   the   ones   of   other   online   platforms,   like   his  website,   his   Twitter   profile   or   even   the   videos   shared   on  Youtube.   Facebook   shows   life   in   the  White  House   and   on   the  road,  plus  he  shares  videos  and  links  to  his  recent  speeches,  to  

                                                                                                               155  Six  things  we  Learned  from  Obama’s  Facebook  Timeline:  http://newsfeed.time.com/2012/03/02/six-­‐things-­‐we-­‐learned-­‐from-­‐obamas-­‐facebook-­‐timeline/  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  

Page 160: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

160   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

establish   the   issues   that   matter   to   him   the   most,   like   job  creation  records,  student  loans  etc.  

As  Teddy  Goff  says,  “Obama  has  34  million  Facebook  fans  –  those  people’s  Facebook  connections  and  their  friends  cover  98%  of  U.S.-­‐based  Facebook  population.  This  is  more  than  people  who  vote.”156  In  a  time  where  many  voters  are  skeptical  of  political  communication   but   trust   the   views   of   their   own   friends,   this  was   incredibly   important.157   This   way   people   could   help   the  campaign;   even   do   their  work  more   efficiently   by   addressing  the  right  people  and  sharing  an  acceptable  message  with  them.  It   was   important   to   explore   “how   can   we   keep   them   engaged  and   treat   them   with   respect,   and   give   them   an   experience.  Because  [as  much  they  can  help],  can  Facebook  users  cause  a  lot  of  damage  [to  the  campaign].”158  

So   Facebook   was   useful   to   connect   to   voters   and  communicate   with   them   directly   and   to   influence   the  communication   between   voters,   to   push   them   towards   the  communication  of  what   the  campaign  wants   them  to  dialogue  about.    

The   Obama   campaign   has   developed   an   innovative  database   system   where   they   have   added   data   gathered   from  Facebook.  This  means  that  the  various  social  media’s  data  was  united   and   merged   with   the   campaign’s   internal-­‐database   of  voters   that   increased   efficiency   in   identifying   voters   and                                                                                                                  156   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  157  Legacy  Report  2012  158   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  

Page 161: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   161              

 

targeted   messaging.   The   campaign   managed   to   contact  supporters,   and   only   Obama-­‐supporters   through   their  Facebook   profile   and   ask   them   to   share   some   content   with  their  friends.  Moreover  this  database-­‐system  was  able  to  filter  even   the   supporter’s   friends   who   were   undecided   or   leaning  voters,   and   once   contacting   supporters,   they   could   ask   for  specific  contacts:  “Share  with  this  and  this  of  your  friends!  Here  are  your  friends  who  live  here  and  here.  And  so  start  with  them.  Contact  them!”  -­‐  says  Goff.159  

This   technological   tool   was   important   particularly   in   the  GOTV   period,   since   to   many   voters   to   get   through   Facebook  was  the  only  and  best  way  as  half  of  the  targeted  electorate  was  not   reached   by   the   campaign.   They   did   not   have   a   phone  number   to   them,   but   85%   of   these   voters   was   a   friend   of   a  friend  who  was  using  Facebook.160  

There   was   a   significant   difference   between   the   two  campaigns  in  social  media  usage.  Republicans  did  not  made  any  tactical   difference   in   online   messaging;   they   didn’t   attribute  strategic  importance  to  these  tools.  Moreover  there  was  even  a  kind   of   philosophical   difference:   for   the   President   online  communication   was   a   helpful   tool   to   give   an   impression   of  transparency   and   collaboration.   These   values   were  important   to   him   even   before   using   Internet   as   a   campaign  asset   according   to   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director   of   the   2012  Obama  campaign.  

                                                                                                               159  Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]  160  Idem.  

Page 162: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

162   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

   

4.1.7  Web  design    

An   important   innovation   of   the   Obama   2008   campaign   was  uniting   and  uniforming  web  design   and  print   design,   to   bring  the  classical  marketing  tool  of  branding  into  politics.  This  was  a  new   phenomenon   at   that   time.   The   role   of   the  Web   designer  and   the   Print   designer   were   separate   but   their   work   was  integrated   into   each   other,   especially   because   they   were  complementary  parts   of   the   same  picture,  making   impression  to  be  coherent  and  united.  “It  had  to  be  the  same  what  you  see  online,  to  that  what  you  see  on  the  paper.”  -­‐  says  Thomas  Scott,  the  online  designer  for  the  Obama  campaign  2008.161  

                                                                                                               161  Lights  on  Making  Ideas  Happen,  Scott  Thomas:  http://99u.com/videos/5821/scott-­‐thomas-­‐designing-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaign  [Accessed:  17.08.2013]  

Page 163: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   163              

 

 Picture  4.5:  Web  Designer  and  Print  Designer  -­‐  Organigram  [Source:   http://99u.com/videos/5821/scott-­‐thomas-­‐designing-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaign]  

 The   picture   above   illustrates  which  were   the   tasks   of   the  

both  departments,  web  design  and  print  design  and  how  they  coordinated  the  tasks  to  have  a  coherent  image.  

Even   though   in  2012   the  principles  of   the  campaign  were  basically  the  same:  to  have  a  coherent  picture,  friendly  and  eye-­‐catching   surfaces;   it   was   essential   to   elaborate   a   clear-­‐out  design  that  highlights  relevant   information  and  enables  voter-­‐engagement.    

   

Page 164: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

164   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

4.1.8  Old  media    Even   if   we   were   specifically   focusing   on   new   media   as  

primary   innovation   in   this   argumentation,  we   should   add   old  media   to   our   repertoire.   The   campaign   was   not   exclusively  using   only   new  media,   but   combined   it  with  more   traditional  and   recognized   communication   channels,   such   as   television  ads,  newspaper  articles  and  radio  advertisements.  New  media  was   the   key   in  many   senses   that   helped   to   increase   database  and   allowed   a   multi   level   search   and   targeting,   but   the  campaign  used  for  example  television  ads  to  reach  voters  who  are  not  consumers  or  used  less  new  media.  

However  the  campaign  planned  strategically   its  old  media  appearances  too.  They  made  an  important  strategic  decision  to  air  television  ads  from  May  2012  through  Election  Day,  which  constantly   reinforced   the   President’s   middle   class-­‐   oriented  narrative  and  defined  Romney  as  the  wrong  choice  for  working  Americans.  By  planning  early,  thinking  creatively  and  using  all  of  the  data  at  the  campaign’s  disposal,  the  campaign  carried  out  media   buys   with   an   unprecedented   degree   of   efficiency   and  precision,  spending  millions  less  than  Romney  but  getting  more  ads   in   front   of   the   right   audiences.   This   careful   planning  helped  mitigate  the  Republican  spending  advantage  and  helped  frame  the  election  on  the  campaign’s  terms.    

Television  ads  are  measured  in  gross  rating  points,  which  show   the   amount  of   television  a   campaign  buys.  According   to  David  Plouffe  “the  average   is  a  kind  of  1000  GRP,  which  means  that  an  average  viewer  sees  your  ad  more  or  less  10  times.  There  

Page 165: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   165              

 

were   some  markets  where  we  were   3-­‐4000   gross   rating   points,  which  would  be  historical  and  astronomical.   In   this  election  the  Republican   Super   PACs  were   9-­‐10000   gross   rating   points,   so   in  some  states,   like  Nevada  or  Ohio   for  every  3  republican  ads  you  had  one  democrat.”162  

But   it   is   hard   to   tell   whose   television   advertising   had   a  greater   impact.   Even   if   Republicans   raised   and   spent   more  money   on   television   advertising,   Democrats   apparently   had  invested   very   well   in   careful   planning   and   creative  productivity.  This  shows  that  ‘Obama  for  America’  unanimously  won   two   Grand   Prix   awards   at   the   Cannes   Festival   —   one  Titanium163  and  one  Integrated  in  the  finales  Saturday.164  "They  turned   (political   advertising)   from   being   one   dimensional   to  something   the   whole   country   could   contribute   to.   It   was   a  fantastic   idea."   -­‐  said  David  Droga,   jury  president  and  creative  chairman,  Droga5  in  New  York.165    

New   media,   emails,   phone   applications,   twitter   and  Facebook   are   important   tools,   but  we   can   see,   that   old  media  was   not   excluded   from   the   campaign’s   communications  portfolio.   Content   analysis   and   targeting   were   important   in  these   cases   too.   And   therefore   "it   was   effective.   You   couldn't  

                                                                                                               162  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  163  Titanium  has  become  an  increasingly  prestigious  category  since  it  sets  a  new  standard  for  the  advertising  industry.  164  ABC  News:  Obama  Campaign  Takes  Ad  Prizes:  http://abcnews.go.com/Business/Politics/story?id=7947528  [Accessed:  23.11.2013]  165  Idem.  

Page 166: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

166   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

ignore   it.   There  will   never   be   a   political   campaign   that   doesn't  uses  these  tools."166  

   

4.1.9   Three   priorities:   messaging,   fundraising   and  organizing  

     Everything   of   the   Digital   program   did   fit   into   one   of   the  

three   priorities:   fundraising,   messaging,   or   organizing.167   The  goals   of   the   digital   program  were   not   different   from   goals   of  other  parts  of   the  campaign  and   it’s  whole:  voter  registration,  volunteer   recruitment,   organization,   persuasion,   turnout   and  fundraising.  

 a)  Messaging  

 The   frame  of   the   campaign’s  main  message  was  based  on  

the  President’s  visions,  that  guided  communications  from  the  start  till  the  end  and  helped  the  campaign  stay  on  course,  avoid  distractions  and  maintain  a  consistent  theme.  The  message  was  repeated  while  the  campaign,   from  television  ads  to  volunteer  scripts  they  have  used  all  their  channels  and  platforms  to  make  the  meaning   visible.   The  Obama   campaign’s   understanding   of  the  electorate  –  who  they  are,  what  they  care  about  and  how  to  

                                                                                                               166  Rich  Silverstein,  co-­‐chairman  and  creative,  Goodby,  Silverstein  &  Partners.  167  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  82  

Page 167: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   167              

 

reach  them  was  critical  to  its  success168  such  as  the  electorate’s  understanding  of   the  President  and  his   campaign.  This  had   to  be   a   reciprocal   understanding.   Therefore   amplifying   the  message  of  the  candidate  was  important  in  the  campaign.  

New   media   and   especially   social   media   was   part   of   the  core  program  as  it  allowed  the  campaign  to  communicate  with  people   who   are   reluctant   and   neutral   towards   politics   and  political   issues.  The  Digital   team’s   task  was   to   communicate  a  consistent  message  in  a  captivating  form  that  people  share  it,  to  give  users  a  good  experience  while  dealing  with  the  President  and   his   policies   and   find   those   elements   of   it   that   can   affect  user’s   life,   make   them   interested   in   issues   and   illuminate  stories   in   an   appealing  way.169   They   created   illustrative   info-­‐graphics  and  used  humor  regularly  on  social  media  platforms,  as  it  was  an  easy  manner  to  get  to  people.170  

For   example   tax   policies   were   a   core   point   in   the  President’s  politics  and  in  the  campaign  thematic  but  is  not  an  issue  everyday  people  like  to  deal  with.  The  Digital  team  had  to  find  an  alternative  way  to  make  people  understand  their  point  of  view  and  make  the  message  get  through.  For  this  reason  they  established   a   new   website   called   ‘romneytaxplan.com’,   where  when   the   viewer   wants   to   click   on   the   ‘details’   button   that  flipped   away.   This   really   simple   website   was   liked   for   1.1  million   times   and  was   re-­‐tweeted   and   shared   by   hundreds   of                                                                                                                  168  Idem.  169   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  170  Daily  Download:  Obama's  2012  Digital  Campaign  Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]  

Page 168: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

168   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

users.  And  more  importantly  they  haven’t  only  shared  only  this  site   by   re-­‐tweeting   it,   but   even   an   additional   supplementary  site  that  explained  the  Obama  tax  policies.  

As   the   Digital   team   found   it   necessary   to   speak   the  ‘language’   of   the   Internet   they   have   arranged   some   direct-­‐voter   communication,   such   as   the   chat   function   on   Facebook.  Moreover,   using   social   media   as   an   average   person,   the  President  increased  significantly  his  acceptance  and  credibility.  According   to  Goff   the  President’s   access   to   ‘Reddit.com’171   has  provoked  unexpectedly  numerous   reactions.     “And  Obama  did  it.   And   people   loved   that   he   did   it.   Already   the   fact   was  convincing.   That   he   understands   how   communication   changes  and   how   social   media   is   crucial.   It   showed   them   that   he   cares  about  them  and  that  they  matter.  And  the  fact  that  he  took  this  kind   of   interview   where   he   has   no   control   made   people  understand  who  he  is  and  his  character,  not  just  his  policies.”172  -­‐  explains   Goff   adding   that   politics   are   not   only   about   policies,  but   are   about   emotions  and  about   the  person.  Therefore   they  always   aimed   for   communicating   emotions  not   only   facts   and  figures.  

Another   case   was   when   they   have   conducted   a   chart  showing   only   numbers   of   job   creation   in   the   Obama  

                                                                                                               171  Reddit.com  is  is  a  social  news  and  entertainment  website  where  registered  users  submit  content  in  the  form  of  links  or  text  posts.  Users  then  vote  each  submission  "up"  or  "down"  to  rank  the  post  and  determine  its  position  on  the  site's  pages.  Areas  of  interest  called  “subreddits”  organize  content  entries.  172  Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  President  Obama’s  2012:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  

Page 169: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   169              

 

administration.   There   was   no   logo,   no   name   on   it;   they   have  just   let   it   speak   for   itself.   It   was   more   powerful   because   it  wasn’t   branded,   but   only   pure   facts   were   illustrated,   says  Goff.173   According   to   him,   the   Digital   team   has   experimented  many  innovative  ways  of  online  communication  and  they  have  learnt   much   about   voter   online   behavior   on   their   way,   like  that  the  negative  ads  are  not  shared  on  Facebook  as  much,  but  topics   like   LGBT   rights,   women   issues   or   environment   were  more   likely   to   be   liked,   as   there  were   the   issues   people  were  sharing  more  on  their  own  accounts  and  profiles.    

   b)  Fundraising  

 As   we   have   already   seen,   fundraising   is   critical   for   a  

campaign’s  success.  Since  many  factors  have  changed  recently  that  determine  campaigning  in  general  and  fundraising  too,  the  fundraising  strategy  of  the  Obama  campaign  had  to  face  new  challenges  and   invent  a  new  method   for   the  2012  period.  The  Digital   team’s   role   and   responsibility   in   fundraising   was  significant  as  they  focused  on  the  optimization.174  They  needed  to   optimize   every   single   feature   to   increase   the   potential  incomes,  such  as  e-­‐mails,  design,  donate  buttons,  websites  and  so  forth.  

The   success   in   fundraising   approved   predictions   wrong  regarding   the   decrease   paragoned   to   the   loss   of   enthusiasm  

                                                                                                               173  Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  President  Obama’s  2012:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  174  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.82  

Page 170: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

170   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

after  Obama’s  first  presidential  run.  “It  was  also  a  testament  to  the   campaign’s   leadership,   including   Messina,   who   invested  heavily   in  digital  efforts  early,  and   the  campaign’s  digital   team,  run   by   Teddy   Goff,   Marie   Ewald   and   Blue   State   Digital’s   Joe  Rospars,  who  were  able  to  fine-­‐tune  their  tactics  and  techniques  for  raising  money  electronically.”175  

 c)  Organising  

 Digital   organizing   helped   bridge   the   gap   between   online  

activity  and  offline  action.  The  goal  was  that  the  experience  of  online  supporters  doesn’t  differ   from  the  experience  of  offline  volunteers.   “Innovative   online   tools   and   tactics   were   force  multipliers,  allowing  the  campaign  to  engage  a  large  number  of  people   in   creative   ways,   leverage   the   social   graph   of   our  supporters  and  ultimately  build  the  grassroots  power.”176  

Their  aim  was  to  connect  people  online  and  offline.  To  do  so  they  invested  much  effort  to  improve  an  IT  system  that  helps  them  in  this  process.  One  of  their  most  important  achievement  and  everyday  tool  was  Dashboard  that  functioned  just  like  the  user  had  a  Field  Office  on  his  or  her  desktop.  According  to  Goff,  this   program   was   a   kind   of   online   volunteer   system   that  connected   supporters   both  online  with   each  other   and  offline  with  events.177                                                                                                                  175  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  176  Legacy  Report  2012,    p.  83.  177  For  more  information  go  to  Chapter  4.2.5  on  page  105  

Page 171: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   171              

 

Important   innovation   was   moreover   the   campaign’s  Facebook   App   that   proved   to   produce   significant   results   in  contacting   supporters   directly.   It   allowed   the   campaign   to  overlay  its  own  voter  files  with  the  networks  of  its  supporters  and  their  friends.  In  the  final  weeks  of  the  campaign,  they  used  this   information   to   ask   supporters   to   get   in   touch   with   their  friends   who   were   targeted   voters   in   key   swing   states   via  Facebook,   with   specific   requests   for   everything   from   voting  early   to   watching   persuasion   videos.   This   meant   that   for  example   John   Smith   from   New   York,   who   was   an   Obama  supporter,  signed  up  or   liked  the  relative  Facebook  pages  and  in  the  campaign  John  received  messages  from  the  organization  indicating   to   get   in   touch   with   his   former   school   mate   Jane  Frank  from  New  Hampshire  and  with  Joe  Dayton  from  Ohio  to  tell  them  to  vote  for  the  President.  

 In  all,  more  than  600,000  supporters  shared  items  with  an  estimated   5  million   individual   targets   through   this   system.178  The   exact   number   of   people   reached,   however,   is   not   known,  due   to   the  high   traffic  on   the   system  on  Election  Day,   so   they  were   forced   to   take   a   significant   proportion   of   voter   activity  offline  to  free  up  server  space.  

But  we  will   speak  about  how  the  campaign  maximized   its  connections   and   how   they   managed   to   filter   beneficial  connections  and  what  role  social  media  has  played  in  targeting.    

                                                                                                               178  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  

Page 172: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

172   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

4.1.10  Conclusions    Whilst  in  2008  the  main  online  communication  tools  were  

websites   and   emails,   in   2012   social   network   took   the   floor,  mainly  because   that   is  where  people   spend  most  of   their  non  work  digital  time.  

“In  2008  they  have  just  sent  out  a  mail  saying  check  in  with  ur  friends  from  swing  states  and  tell  them  to  vote  for  Obama.  In  2012   they  knew  a   lot  more,   so   if   you  had  a   friend  on  Facebook  who  lived  in  Virginia  than  you  just  got  a  goaled  message  to  speak  with   that   specific   person.”179   This   example   demonstrates   how  much  IT  have  improved  in  the  past  decade  and  so  did  campaign  communication   due   to   the   introduction   of   all   these   tools   that  we  discussed  earlier.    

Political   communication   has   undergone   some   important  transformations.   According   to   Johnson180,   there   are   six  properties   that   distinguished   new   technology   from   the   old  one:  

1. The   newer   technologies   have   greatly   increased   the  volume  of  information,  as  the  online  information  consumption  has  increased  to.  

2. They  allowed  instant  communication  in  ‘real  time’  with  no   regard   to   space,   and   for   this   reason   campaigns   developed  immediate  response  mechanisms.  

                                                                                                               179   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  180  Johnson  [2011]  p.21  

Page 173: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   173              

 

3. Newer   technology   increased   the   viewer’s   control   of  what  will  be  received  and  when  it  will  be  received.  Referring  to  Obama  administration  official  Cass  R.  Sunstein,  people  tend  to  get   information  not   from   the  main  news   sites,  but   from  other  secondary   sites   that   filter   and   interpret   news.   This   attitude  makes  part  of  the  phenomenon  of  ‘cyberpolarization’181.  

4. Increased   the   sender’s   control   of   who   receives   the  message,  comments,  shares  that  can  be  as  beneficial  as  harmful.  Rumor   campaigns,   for   example,   specifically   violate   ethics   and  norms  of  professional  journalism.    

5. The   phenomenon   of   a  decentralized   control   over   the  mass  media.  Candidates  saying  something  that  he  or  she  would  regret,   candidates   photographed   in   an   awkward  moment   and  any  other  registered  moments,  for  example  the  47%  speech  by  Romney,   that   was   videotaped   can   spread   on   the   web   and  generate  a  viral  response.  

6. Newer   technologies   have   allowed   a  much   greater   two-­‐direction   communication   as   it   came   bottom   up   and   open-­‐sourced.   “This   is   a   big   transformation   in   how   campaigns  operate,   and   it   boils  down   to   the  power  of   one,   the   feeling   that  one   individual   can   make   a   difference.”182   Activists   and   even  casual  voters  could  feel  a  sense  of  sharing  and  participation.  

In   accordance   with   Plouffe   who   said   “I   am   sure   that  between  12  and  16  or  16-­‐20  there  will  be  a  huge  progression  in                                                                                                                  181  Johnson  [2011]  p.24  182  Jose  Antonio  Vargas,  “Something  Just  Ckicked,”  Washington  Post:  http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-­‐dyn/content/article/2008/06/09/AR2008060902826.html  [Accessed:11.09.2013]  

Page 174: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

174   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

technology”183,   even   Teddy   Goff   said   that   new   media   “is   the  future,   how   businesses   will   use   the   internet   and   where   politics  go.”184   The   general   direction  won’t   change   -­‐   people  will   have  more  connection,  more  power  and  more  access  to  information,  to   each   other,   to   tools,   and   resources   and   companies.  Interactions  between  users,  clients  or  voters  can  influence  the  outcome   of   a   company   or   a   party   to   be   successful   or   not.  General  opinion  tends  to  be  generated  online.  “This  is  not  only  a  marketing   challenge  anymore,   good  advertising  won’t   solve   the  problem.   [...]   It   is  a   lot  easier  to  have  a  good  advertising   if  your  service  is  good.  How  to  give  a  people  the  good  experience:  this  is  the  questions  companies  have  to  find  the  answer.”185  

However  the  diffusion  and  integrity  of  new  media  changes  interpersonal   communication   and   for   this   reason   companies  and  parties  need   to  understand  and  adapt   innovative  ways   to  lead   public   opinion.   Therefore   “external   communication   will  continue  to  be  a  foundation  of  campaigns  of  the  future  to  engage  the  existing  supporter  base,  find  people  online  and  move  them  up  the   ladder  of  engagement”   -­‐   can  we  read   in   the  Legacy  Report  made  by  Organizing  for  America.186  

                                                                                                               183   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  184   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  185   Teddy   Goff,   Digital   Director,   President   Obama’s   2012,   Part   1:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=I-­‐E1UbyHnyw  [Accessed:  11.12.2013]  186  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.86  

Page 175: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   175              

 

And  to  end  our  chapter  about  external  communication,   let  us   sum   up   some   milestones   in   the   campaign’s   digital  communication:187  

- The  overall  likes  on  Facebook  increased  from  19  million  to  45  million  over  the  course  of  the  race  

- The   overall   Twitter   followers   increased   from  7  million   to  23  million  

- The   picture   where   Obama   embraces   his   wife   which   was  posted   and   shared   on   Facebook   on   Election   Night   has  generated   the   biggest   online   traffic   in   history:   4.4  million  likes  and  582.000  shares  

- More   than   358,000   offline   events  with   approximately   1.1  million  RSVPs  on  the  internal  social  network,  Dashboard  

- More   than   1   million   people   downloaded   the   campaign’s  Facebook  App  

   4.2  Internal  Communication    “This  campaign  has  to  be  metrics-­‐driven!  We  will  measure  every  single  thing  in  this  campaign!”  

Jim  Messina  Campaign  Manager  

(2012)    

                                                                                                               187  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  

Page 176: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

176   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Technology  played  a  significant  role  in  the  2012  campaign  as  a  force   multiplier.   The   Obama   campaign   trusted   experts   with  high-­‐level   technical   talent   from   outside   politics   to   boost  integration   of   product   developments   together   with   subject-­‐area   political   expertise.   “At   the   campaign's   Chicago  headquarters,   a   team   of   almost   100   data   scientists,   developers,  engineers,   analysts,   and   old-­‐school   hackers   have   been  transforming   the  way   politicians   acquire   data—and  what   they  do  with  it.  They're  building  a  new  kind  of  Chicago  machine,  one  aimed  at  processing  unprecedented  amounts  of  information  and  leveraging   it   to   generate   money,   volunteers,   and,   ultimately,  votes.”   -­‐   writes   Harper   Reed,   Chief   Technology   Officer   on   his  blog.188    

This  way   the   campaign  gave  green   lights   to  opportunities  for   real   innovation,   such   as   the   use   of   analytics   to   drive  electoral  strategy  and  the  creation  of  products  like  Dashboard,  Narwhal,   and   Targeted   Sharing189.   The   first   thing   the  technology   team   focused   on   was   to   establish   a   platform   that  could   host   and   support   all   of   the   subsequent   applications.   As  we   have   mentioned   previously   in   relation   with   fundraising,  since   2011   the   campaign’s   IT   team   collaborated   with   one   of  their  vendors,  Blue  State  Digital190   (Blue  State),   to  experiment  

                                                                                                               188  Harper  Reed’s  Blog:  http://www.motherjones.com/politics/2012/10/harper-­‐reed-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐microtargeting  [Accessed:  12.12.2013]  189  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  89  190  Blue  State’s  Website:  http://www.bluestatedigital.com  [Accessed:  12.11.2013]  

Page 177: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   177              

 

and  develop  a  certain  background  system  that  was  able  on  the  one   hand   handle   exponentially   increasing   data-­‐traffic   and   on  the  other  store  a  specially  significant  amount  of  data.  

   

4.2.1  Metrics-­‐driven  campaign    “This   campaign   has   to   be  metrics-­‐driven!  We  will  measure  

every  single  thing  in  this  campaign!”  -­‐  said  Jim  Messina  in  one  of  the  campaign’s  Youtube  video  that  explains  it’s  strategy.191  For  this   reason   the   campaign   was   highly  metrics-­‐driven,   guided  by   the  belief   that  decisions  should  be  supported  by  pure  data  and   that   programs   should   set   and   achieve   quantifiable   goals.  Referring   to   Messina   the   key   of   success   “is   measuring   the  progress:   set   goals   and   track   progress,   be   efficient   and  innovative,   learn   together   and   adapt.”192   It   was   not   kept   as   a  secret   that   the   campaign   had   always   prompt   and   updated  figures,   various   statistics   and   they   made   clear   since   the  beginning,   that   key   concept   of   the   campaign   is   measuring  everything.   Nevertheless   public   details   about   these   data  collecting  and  handling  procedures  were  in  short  supply  as  the  campaign   guarded   what   it   believed   to   be   its   biggest  institutional  advantage  over  Mitt  Romney’s  campaign:  data.193  

                                                                                                               191   Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k  [Accessed:  25.05.2013]  192  Idem.  193  TIME:  Inside  The  Secret  World  of  Quants  and  Data  Crunchers  Who  Helped  Obama  Win:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐

Page 178: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

178   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Among  many  detailed  metrics,  like  funds  raised,  volunteer  shifts   scheduled,   voter   registration   forms   collected,   voters  contacted,   political   and   constituency   leaders   engaged,   and  other  digital  metrics  numbers  were  that  index  that  have  set  the  standards  for  all  departments.  

Some  metrics  were  more  important  than  others  in  gauging  the   impact   of   the   organization,   but   at   the   end   of   the   day,  “reports   focused   heavily   on   the   number   of   conversations  volunteers   had   on   the   phone   or   at   the   doors,  which   helped   the  campaign  chart  whether  it  was  achieving  the  contacts  necessary  to   win   votes”.194   Referring   to   Rayid   Ghani   “chief   scientist”   for  the  Chicago  headquarters,   the   campaign  worked   as  business:  “the   goal   was   to   maximize   the   efficiency   of   supermarket   sales  promotions”.195  

As   we   have   previously   mentioned   they   have   used   many  ways  to  gather  data  from  potential  voters:  phone  banking  and  canvassing   were   the   primary   tools   of   adding   or   updating  information   stored.   But   they   have   used   events,   visits   and  surrogate   visits   to   list   all   the   attendees’   data   gathering   their  tickets  filled  out  with  their  information.  They  have  used  social  media  to  increase  their  database,  and  encouraged  voters  on  all  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                         secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  [Accessed:  04.09.2013]  194  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  94  195   TIME:   Inside   The   Secret   World   of   Quants   and   Data   Crunchers   Who  Helped   Obama   Win:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  [Accessed:  04.09.2013]  

Page 179: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   179              

 

of   their   online   platforms   to   sign   up.  Moreover   lot   of   the   data  was  given,  self-­‐reported.196  

This   database   was   finetuned   as   they   had   many   relevant  information  gathered  to  voters.  Therefore  the  managed  not  just  “list  names  and  numbers,  but  also  ranked  names  in  order  of  their  persuadability,   with   the   campaign’s  most   important   priorities  first.  About  75%  of  the  determining  factors  were  basics  like  age,  sex,  race,  neighborhood  and  voting  record.  Consumer  data  about  voters   helped   round   out   the   picture.”197   This   allowed   them   to  maximize   targeting   and   mobilizing,   as   they   knew   where   and  whom   they   needed   to   contact   to   increase   their   efficiency.   As  Harper   Reed   said,   “instead   of   targeting   ads,   we   maximize   the  physical   targeting.   So   that  we  know  where   to  knock  –  we  don’t  waste  the  nobody’s  time.”198  

 

                                                                                                               196   Daily   Download:   Obama's   2012   Digital   Campaign   Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]  197   TIME:   Inside   The   Secret   World   of   Quants   and   Data   Crunchers   Who  Helped   Obama   Win:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  [Accessed:  04.09.2013]  198   Daily   Download:   Obama's   2012   Digital   Campaign   Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]  

Page 180: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

180   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

4.2.2  Merging  systems    

After   the   2008   general   elections,   you   could   hear  much   about  the  Obama   campaign’s   digital   achievements   and   it’s   high-­‐tech  success,  but  they  haven’t  revealed  their  weak  point:   they  had  various  databases  that  didn’t  share  data.  They  couldn’t  manage  to   unite  the   information   collected   from   pollsters,   fundraisers,  field  workers  and  consumer  databases  as  well  as  social-­‐media  and  mobile  contacts  with  the  main  Democratic  voter  files  in  the  swing   states.199   As   2012   Campaign   legacy   states   “our   data  integration  system  solved  a  problem  that  organizations  all  over  would   love   to   solve:  We  were   able   to   take   data   from  all   of   our  disparate   systems  and  merge   them,  allowing  more  people   to  be  better  contacted.”200  In  the  end,  this  data  was  more  reliable  and  more   accurate   than   the   previously   built   systems.   This   new  version  of   the  database  was  not   only   able   to   identify   voters  and  contact   them  efficiently,  but   it   also  allowed   the   campaign  to   run   tests   to   predict   how   certain   kind   of   appeals  will   affect  voters.  “We  could  [predict]  people  who  were  going  to  give  online.  We  could  model  people  who  were  going  to  give  through  mail.  We  could  model   volunteers,”   said  one  of   the   senior   advisers   about  the  predictive  profiles   built   by   the  data.   “In   the   end,  modeling  

                                                                                                               199   TIME:   Inside   The   Secret   World   of   Quants   and   Data   Crunchers   Who  Helped   Obama   Win:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  [Accessed:  04.09.2013]  200  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  89  

Page 181: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   181              

 

became  something  way  bigger  for  us  in  ’12  than  in  ’08  because  it  made  our  time  more  efficient.”201  

Moreover   this   united   database   assured   viewers   and  supporters  a  facilitated  access  and  an  easier  use  of  the  system,  since   one   of   the   biggest   problems   was   solved,   that   all   of   the  applications  required  multiple  user  account  and  passwords.  “In  May   2012   we   let   all   users   own   a   single   identity,   resulting   in  increased   convenience,   signups,   logins   and   stability   for   the  duration  of  the  campaign.”202  

As  mentioned   earlier   the   campaign   focused   firstly   on   the  settlement  of   a  united  and  high-­‐capacity  platform,   in  order   to  have   a   stable   base   to   implement   further   programs   and  applications.   Let   us   give   an   insight   to   the   system   called  Narwhal  and  to  two  of  the  additional  programs,  Dreamcatcher  and  Dashboard.  

   

4.2.3  Narwhal    In  2008  the  campaign  knew  very  little  about  the  13  million  

people   who   had   registered   for   online   updates.   They   didn’t  know   their   age   or   gender   or   party   registration.   Without   the  ability   to   filter   its   recipients   based   on   those   criteria,   the  campaign  stuck  to  safe  topics  for  email  blasts  and  reserved  its                                                                                                                  201   TIME:   Inside   The   Secret   World   of   Quants   and   Data   Crunchers   Who  Helped   Obama   Win:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  [Accessed:  04.09.2013]  202  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  89  

Page 182: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

182   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

sharp-­‐edged  messages  for  individual  delivery  by  direct  mail  or  phone  call.203  

In   the   2012   campaign   Obama’s   team   has   implemented   a  project-­‐code,   named   Narwhal   that   aimed   to   link   with   each  other   previously   separate   repositories   of   information,   so   that  every   detail   collected   about   a   voter   was   available   to   every  department   and   systems   of   the   campaign.   In   two   words   and  from  a  pure  technology  standpoint,   this  allowed  the  campaign  to  move   faster  with  more   stability.   In   addition   it   allowed   not  having  downtime  during  GOTV.204  

At  the  beginning  of  the  mission  the  priority  was  to  connect  the   different   systems   and   their   stored   database,   that  made   it  possible  for  users  to  use  only  one  account  instead  of  registering  multiple   times   so   having   multiple   profiles   on   the   various  platforms.   This   meant   that   if   someone   is   a   donor,   an   online  activist,  an  offline  voter,  a  volunteer  at  the  same  time,  he  or  she  wouldn’t  have  been  registered  in  various  lists,  but  would  have  gotten  only  one  profile  where  all  these  information  are  signed.  In  other  words  the  data  stored  in  different  places  was  merged  into   one   system   that   managed   to   connect   every   relevant  information   with   another.205   In   fact   at   the   beginning                                                                                                                  203  Obama’s  White  Whale:  http://www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/victory_lab/2012/02/project_narwhal_how_a_top_secret_obama_campaign_program_could_change_the_2012_race_.2.html  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  204  Legacy  Report  2012  205   Obama’s   White   Whale:  http://www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/victory_lab/2012/02/project_narwhal_how_a_top_secret_obama_campaign_program_could_change_the_2012_race_.2.html  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  

Page 183: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   183              

 

“permanently   linking   the   campaign’s   various   databases   in   real  time   has   become   one   of   the  major   projects   for   Obama’s   team”,  when  finally  they  managed  to  integrate  all  data  in  one  system.  This  system  was  called  Narwhal.  As  the  project  was  successful,  it  managed  to  merge  the  multiple  identities  of   individuals  into  only  one  single,  unified  profile.  

Moreover  Narwhal   allowed   the   campaign   to   identify   turf-­‐precisely   the   targeted   voters   offline   and   at   the   same   time   to  target   the   receivers   of   its   online   communication   accurately.  Moreover   it   managed   to   sophisticate   the   message,   because  when   it   came   to   sensitive   subjects   like   same-­‐sex  marriage   or  contraception,   the   campaign   could   rely   on   its   extensive  predictive  models  of  individual  voter  behavior  and  preferences  to  find  friendly  recipients.206  

More   broadly,   Narwhal   brought   new   efficiency   to   the  campaign’s  operations.  “No  longer  will  canvassers  be  dispatched  to  knock  on  the  doors  of  people  who  have  already  volunteered  to  support  Obama.  And  if  a  donor  has  given  the  maximum  $2,500  in  permitted   contributions,   emails   will   stop   hitting   him   up   for  money  and  start  asking  him  to  volunteer  instead.”207  

   

4.2.4  Dreamcatcher    ‘Share   your   story’   -­‐   on   certain   websites   you   could   see   it  

written,  “Tell  us  why  you  want  to  be  involved  in  this  campaign”.  

                                                                                                               206  Idem.  207  Idem.  

Page 184: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

184   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

But  how  did  this  exactly  work  and  was  what  is  used  for?  “How  has  the  work  President  Obama  has  done  benefited  you?  Why  are  you   once   again   standing   for   change?”208   These  questions   and  more   importantly   the   answers   given   to   these   questions  were  fundamental   to   the  campaign   for  many  reasons.  First,   it  made  people   think.   They   were   asked   to   reflect   on   why   they   feel  connected   to   the   President,   what   they   know   and   think   of   his  policies.   Once   you   attract   attention   and   motivate   voters   to  think  and  get  engaged,  it  is  more  probable  that  they  will  stay  on  board   or   even   be   more   involved.   This   way   campaign  communication  made   the   first   step   to  define  and   stabilize   the  voter’s   dedication.   This   was   important   even   in   the   volunteer  trainings.  The  first  question  they  always  needed  to  answer  was:  Why  are  you  here  with  us?  What  brought  you  to  the  campaign?  Why   are   you   volunteering   for   the   President?   This   way   the  volunteer  defined  his  or  her  primary  motivations   and  settled  devotion.  

The   program   named   ‘Dreamcatcher’   led   by   Rayid   Ghani,  was   made   moreover   to   help   the   campaign   turn   feel-­‐good  projects  like  “share  your  story”  into  a  source  of  valuable  data  for  sorting   through   the   electorate.   On   the   one   hand   to   build   the  society-­‐based,  person-­‐focused  image  of  the  campaign,  on  the  other   hand   Obama’s   analysts   used   the   data   to   build  sophisticated   statistical   models   that   allowed   them   to   sort  

                                                                                                               208  SLATE:  Project  Dreamcatcher,  http://www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/victory_lab/2012/01/project_dreamcatcher_how_cutting_edge_text_analytics_can_help_the_obama_campaign_determine_voters_hopes_and_fears_.html  [Accessed:  11.11.2013]  

Page 185: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   185              

 

voters  by   their   relative   likelihoods  of   supporting  Obama   (and  of  voting  at  all).    

Lastly   ‘Dreamcatcher’   was   used   to   predict   views   on  particular   issues,  and  Obama’s   target  makers  developed  a   few  flags   that   predicted   binary   positions   on   discrete,   sensitive  topics—like   whether   someone   was   likely   pro-­‐choice   or   pro-­‐life.209  

   

4.2.5  Dashboard    What   is   Dashboard?    The   best   way   to   describe   it   is  

probably   to   say   that   it   was   the   campaign’s   internal   social  network  for  and  of  supporters  that  made  it  easier  for  it’s  users,  the  volunteers  to  organize  online  or  offline  and  to  contribute  to  the   campaign's   efforts   in   general.   Like   on   a   social   media  platform   in   general   users   had   their   own   profile,   which   they  could   update   and   fill   out   with   information.   Actually   these  information   were   important   for   other   users   just   like   for   the  campaign  itself,  as  they  gathered  more  data  for  their  database  with  inserting  Dashboard  user’s  information.  

Filling  in  your  name  and  address,  Dashboard  allocated  you  automatically  to  a  neighborhood  and  offered  you  many  options  to  engage.   For   example  you   could   find   the   closest   local   office  and  events   around  you,   your  neighborhood   team  or   even  you  could   sign   up   and   become   one   neighborhood   team   member  (NTM).  

                                                                                                               209  Idem.    

Page 186: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

186   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

It   was   an   easy-­‐to-­‐use   asset   to  volunteer   even   from   your  own  living  room  and  for  example  do  some  phone  banking.  After  a  short  introduction  and  training  Dashboard  provided  the  user  a   list   of   potential   voters   to   contact,   with   all   of   their   relevant  information  and  their  phone  numbers.  

This   application   allowed   users   various   options   to   get  involved.   It  allowed  you   to   join  specific  groups,  not  only  on  a  geographical   basis,   but   even   on   an   interest-­‐base.   It   provided  information  and  news  relevant  to  group’s   interests,  where  the  user  has  signed  up.  For  example   if  me  as  a  woman  has  signed  up   in   the   Women4Obama   group,   I   would   have   received  regularly   information   about   policies   and   initiatives   that  concentrate  on  women.    

There  was  always  a  ‘Fired  Up’  button  that  directed  the  user  to  the  campaign’s  Youtube  channel.   It   linked  some  videos  that  cheered  the  user  up  and  gave  a  hyped  and  positive  motivation  to  get  involved  or  continue  volunteering.  

Although   the   Dashboard   launch   was   later   than   hoped,   it  turned  out  to  be  a  great  way  for  volunteers  to  organize  online.  There   are   statistics   of   how   users   who   used   Dashboard   were  more   productive   and   how   people   who   normally   couldn’t  volunteer   were   able   to   get   on   board   this   way.   Just   like   rural  users   who   were   far   from   a   field   office.210   Expressing   it   with  figures,   this   meant   that   folks   who   signed   up   organized   more  than   358,000   offline   events   over   the   course   of   the   campaign.  

                                                                                                               210  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  89  

Page 187: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   187              

 

There  were  1.1  million  RSVPs  to  those  events  on  Dashboard.211  Many   tools   motivated   users   to   organize   locally,   for   instance  users  could  attend  events,  search  for  events  nearby  or  organize  events,  invite  friends  and  share  events  on  their  Dashboard.  

In  addition   to  organizing,   it   could  be  used   for  messaging.  Messaging   in   many   ways:   others   among   themselves,   group  mailings   or   the   campaign   with   its   followers.   It   was   used   to  inform   people   who   have   signed   up   and   registered.   During  GOTV  for  example,  the  campaign  used  Dashboard  to  send  about  3  million  messages  to  its  users.212  

 

                                                                                                               211   The   TIME:   Exclusive   Obama’s   2012   Digital   Fundraising   Outperformed  2008:   http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  212  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  89  

Page 188: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

188   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

               

Page 189: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   189              

 

           5.  The  last  80  days  of  the  campaign  

 

Page 190: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

190   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 191: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   191              

 

                   n  this  chapter  we  will  focus  on  the  operational  functioning  of   the   Obama   campaign.   We   will   examine   how   the  organization   was   built   day   by   day   and   what   were   voter  

contacts  alike.  We  aim  to  evolve  a  pragmatic  and  practical  point  of   view   that   helps   us   to   imagine   and   understand   how   all   the  previously   explained   features  were   realized  and  have  worked  out   in   the   reality.   Therefore   I   have   chosen   an   irregular   and  alternative   way   of   analysis,   I   will   guide   you   through   what   I  have   experienced.   I  will   share  with   you   information   from  my  perspective  as  a  volunteer  who  has  worked  in  the  Obama  2012  campaign  in  its  last  3  months.    

I   am   certain   that   this   technique   of   argumentation   is  irregular   but   I   aim   to   give   an   additional   sense   to   the   average  description   of   campaign   techniques   this  way.   To   explain  why  each   volunteer,   who   entered   the   door   of   a   local   office,   no  matter   where   he   or   she   came   from,   or   what   he   or   she   knew  about   the   campaign,   about   Barack   Obama   or   about  campaigning   in   general,   could   become   a   determinative  

I  

Page 192: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

192   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

component  of   this  nationwide  organization,  or  at   least   feel  so.  As  one  of  my  colleagues  said:   “Just   imagine,   the  number  of   the  voters  you  will  speak  in  these  months  you  work  here,  could  be  the  same  amount  of  people  that  decided  the  presidential  race  4  years  ago  in  this  state.  This  means  that  you  make  the  difference.”  

   

5.1  Where  did  I  come  from?    Sometimes  when  I  speak  about  the  Obama  2012  campaign  

at  university  lectures,  conferences  or  even  with  friends,  one  of  the   first   questions   people   ask   me   is   “But   how   did   you   get  there?”.  I  have  participated  at  an  international  youth  summit  in  Washington   DC,   where   reproducing   the   G8-­‐G20   summits,  youngsters   from   20+   different   countries   came   to   work   on   a  Final   Communiqué.   This   document   summarizes   the   more  hundred  participants’  observations,  analysis  and  suggestions  of  current   global   economic   issues   and   it  was   passed   to   relevant  national   and   global   stakeholders   and   decision-­‐makers.   Short  after   this   conference   I   received   the   information  about  being  a  Fellow   in   the   2012   Obama   campaign   and   as   time   frame   was  pushing   I   agreed   right  away.  The  online  application   form  was  fairly  extensive,  asking  about  main  data,  motivations,  previous  activities,  asking  to  upload  a  curriculum,  motivation  letter  and  letter  of  reference.  Among  the  questions  they  provided  you  the  options     to   chose   from   swing   states   and   asked   for   the  applicant’s   preference   in  which   state   he   or   she  wants   to   be   a  Fellow.  I  have  selected  New  Hampshire.  

Page 193: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   193              

 

Two   days   later   that   I   have   submitted   my   application,   I  received   an   email   and   short   after   a   Skype   call,  where   I   had   a  conversation   with   one   of   the   Regional   Field   Organizers.  Apparently   my   application   was   uploaded   to   a   common  database,  where  staff  could  list  the  relevant  applicants.  After  a  few  days,  I  received  my  letter  of  acceptance,  inviting  me  to  join  the  Portsmouth  Organizing  for  America  Field  Office  for  the  next  80  days  of  the  campaign  till  Election  Day.  I  became  a  Fellow.  

 5.2  The  first  24  hours  

 I  arrived  from  Rome  to  Boston,  then  took  a  bus  and  got  to  

Portsmouth,  New  Hampshire.   Staff  members   came   to  pick  me  up   and   brought  me   to  my   new   home,   that  was   by   an   elderly  lady,  Eva.  She,  as  an  Obama  supporter  wanted  to  contribute  to  the   campaign   and   the   President’s   reelection,   therefore   she  offered   her   apartment   to   host   a   fellow,  me.   As   axiomatic   this  gesture   for   her   was,   so   surprising   for   me   it   seemed   that  someone   ‘donates’   a   room   in   her   apartment   for   a   political  campaign.  

Page 194: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

194   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

On  my  first  day  I  was  asked  to  join  an  event  and  help  with  coordinating   on   the   spot.   More   than   7000   people   gathered  

together  next  to  the  Town  Hall,  in   the   Park.   Lines   were  extremely   long,   but   people  patiently  waited  the  gates  to  be  open.  You  could  see  numerous  volunteers   running   up   and  down,   giving   instructions,  distributing   water   and  providing   assistance   to  organizers.   Security   check   and  more   lines,   when   they   finally  opened  the  doors  and  the  mass  started   to   flow   to   the   podium.  You  could  see  different  sectors  

railed  off  for  the  press,  for  disabled  and  elderly  people,  for  VIP  and   for   security.   Lifted   seats   were   available   in   the   back   and  organizers   assured   that   everyone   receives   a   small   bottle   of  water  as  the  sun  was  up  high  and  crowd  was  expected  to  wait  for  hours  till  the  first  speakers  start.  

The   list   of   the   speakers   was   long   and   everyone   was  waiting  for  the  President  to  arrive.  A  disabled  little  girl  sang  the  national   anthem   to   open   the   ceremony.   Local   representatives  and   the  Mayor   gave  motivational   speeches,   after   it   an  Obama  campaign  staff  member  shared  in  her  speech  why  she  decided  to  join  the  campaign  and  what  we,  as  audience  can  do  to  get  the  President  reelected.  

Page 195: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   195              

 

And  Joe  Biden  arrived.  The  audience  was  thrilled,  everyone  was  waving  their  ‘ObamaBiden’  shields  that  they  received  at  the  entrance   and   loud   applauses   accompanied   almost   every  sentence   of   the   Vice-­‐President.   Once   he   left   the   podium   we  knew  that  the  President  was  arriving.    

 And  suddenly  the  music  got  louder,  crowd  started  to  cheer  loudly   and  Barack   Obama   just   run   down   the   way   up   to   the  podium  waving  and  smiling,  whilst  he  greeted  the  rampageous  crowd.  Whilst  speaking  he  used  his  Teleprompters  as  usual  to  perform  his  speech,  in  fact  he   was   reading   out   loud  from   the   two   transparent  glass   plates   showing   the  written   text  with   a   leaser  light.   However   he  addressed  his  message   to  the   crowd   standing   there  in  the  Park  of  Portsmouth  in   a   very   personalized  way,   starting   with   the  story   of   one   of   his   first  visit  to  this  town.    

The  main  message  of  the   speech   was   fitting   in  the   campaign’s   frame  completely,   according   and   strengthening   other  communicational  channels’  messages:  what  is  at  stake,  what  we  are  fighting  for,  how  we  will  win  this  race  and  what  you  can  do  

Page 196: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

196   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

to  win  this  election.  It  was  the  first  time,  but  definitely  not  the  last   one,   when   he   repeated   these   two   expressions:   “knock   on  some  doors,  make  some  phone  calls”.    

The   event   closed  with   all   speakers,   the   President   and   his  surrogates  standing  on  stage,  waving  to  the  crowd.  Music  was  upping  general  mood  and   journalists  and  photographers  were  taking  tons  of  pictures.  

Once  our   star   guests  disappeared,   people   started   to   leave  the  spot.  Organizers  were  busy  with  buses  carrying  attendees  to  their  cars,  many  of  them  volunteered  to  give  a  lift  to  others.  After   hours   of   crisis   management,   staff   arrived   back   to   the  office,  so  did  I.  This  was  the  first  time  when  I  saw  this  place,  the  

Field  Office   that  became  my   life  space   for   the  next  months.  At  this  point   I   couldn’t   observe  everything,   I  was   jetlagged,   tired  and   most   importantly,   overwhelmed   by   the   happenings   that  day,  my  very  first  day.  

 

Page 197: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   197              

 

 5.3  The  office  

 The   Field   Office   that   carried   approximately   30.000   voters   in  Portsmouth213   and   its   neighborhood  was   located   close   to   the  city   center   next   to   a   grocery   store.   A   120m2   space   was  furnitured  and  gave  place  for  some  tables,  a  big  round  table,  a  corner  for  computers,  some  other  tables  with  many  wired  and  wireless   phones   and   a   welcome   table,   with   some   pins   and  bumper  stickers.  

Bay,  a  twenty  something  young  man  was  the  one  who  has  settled   the  OFA  Office  on   this  spot  and  has  gathered   furniture  and  equipment  to  make  this  empty  space  useful,  worked  for  the  campaign   since   spring,   2011.   He   came   from   Texas   to  Portsmouth   to   establish   the   Obama   campaigns   local  representation.  Arriving  almost  20  month  prior   the  elections  turned   out   to   be   reasonable   and   beneficial,   particularly   for  organization   building:   to   get   known   people   in   town,   get   in  touch  with  democratic  forces  and  groups  whit  whom  he  could  cooperate,   know  more   about   people’s   habits,   the   city   and   the  neighborhood.  Moreover  such  a  long  presence  made  him  to  be  accepted   and   known   in   town,   as   a   consequent   even   the   OFA  Field  Office  became  part  of  Portsmouth.  

Ohio,   Florida,   Iowa,   Wisconsin   and   Virginia   were   those  states   that  were   the  most   crowded  by  Obama   campaign  Field  

                                                                                                               213   Wikipedia,   Portsmouth:  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portsmouth,_New_Hampshire   [Accessed:  26.08.2012]  

Page 198: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

198   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Offices.   These   offices,   local   democratic   forces   and   the  campaign’s  main  online  platforms  encouraged  people  to  get  on  board,   form   Neighborhood   Teams   and   gather   team  members  since   the   beginning.   “Building   an   organization   like   this   takes  time.”214   –  you   can   read   in   the  Legacy  Report.   For   this   reason  they   started   to   organize   staff   on   the   ground   in  April   2011,   so  that   the   campaign   had   the   time   to   build   nearly   10,000  Neighborhood   Teams   with   30,000   Core   Team   Members   and  they  managed  to  scheduled  2.2  million  volunteers  –  80  percent  more  than  in  2008.215  They  have  worked  out  of  813  local  field  offices,   more   than   twice   as   much   as   the   Romney   campaigns  established  in  swing  states.  

This  is  what  you  can  clearly  see  on  the  following  chart.  

                                                                                                               214  Legacy  Report  2012  p.  19  215  Idem.  p.20  

Page 199: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   199              

 

 Picture  5.1:  Number  of  Campaign  Field  Offices  [Source:   http://themonkeycage.org/2012/11/06/mapping-­‐romney-­‐and-­‐obama-­‐field-­‐offices/]  

 The  Romney  campaign  once  understanding  the  importance  

of   local  offices,   in  mid-­‐October  they  have  set  a   ‘Victory  Office’,  as  they  named  it,  right  next  to  ours,  but  apparently  they  did  not  have   enough   time   to   become   familiar   with   people   and  

Page 200: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

200   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

neighborhood,   so   they   couldn’t   contact   so   many   voters,  persuade  volunteers  and  maximize  their  local  outcome.    

 The   next   two   charts   show  what   an   advantage   the  Obama  

campaign  had  with  recognizing  the  importance  of  acting  locally  and  with  establishing  Field  Offices  in  advance.  The  table  shows  how  intensive  the  force-­‐concentration  of  both  campaigns  were  in  the  battleground  states.  It  was  made  with  a  special  reference  to   the   period   between   the   31st   of   August   and   the   25th   of  October.    

 

Page 201: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   201              

 

   

Picture  5.2:  The  growth  of  Field  Offices  in  Swing  States  [Source:   http://mischiefsoffaction.blogspot.it/2012/09/the-­‐asymmetric-­‐ground-­‐game.html]  

   

Page 202: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

202   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

As   staff  members  of   the   campaign   said:   “Our  organization  was   effective   because   it   was   led   by   local   volunteers   who   knew  their  communities.  Our  supporters  built  an  innovative  grassroots  organization  unlike  any  American  politics  had  ever  seen.”216  

                                                                                                               216  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  19  

Page 203: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   203              

 

 5.4  Two  days  training  

 At   the   beginning   of   my   Fellowship   I   was   sent   for   a   two  

days   training,   where   just   like   me,   other   80   Fellows  participated.  I  did  not  exactly  know  what  ‘Fellow’  meant  at  that  time,  or  what   I  will  have   to  do,  not  even  what   the  campaign’s  structure  and  strategy  were,  so  I  was  eager  to  understand  more  about  everything.  

First   I   got   explained   who   a   ‘Fellow’   was:   “The   Obama  Organizing   Fellowship   is   the   formal   name   for   the   campaign’s  national   organizing   internship   program.   It   had   a   rigorous  application   process   (less   than   25   percent   acceptance   rate),  comprehensive   kickoff   trainings,   and   full   integration   into   the  campaign’s   work   and   structure.   Many   of   the   best   Fellows  continued   as   campaign   staff   or   volunteer   leaders,   hitting   the  ground  already  trained,  tested  and  ready  to  go.”217  So  these  two  days   were   that   ‘comprehensive   kick   off   training’   that   the  campaign  has  planned  for  Fellows.    

Training  was  fundamental  for  the  campaign,  they  believed  that   well   trained   staff   and   volunteers   could   be   an   important  tool   to   gain   advantage;   therefore   they   have   created   the   first  national  training  department.  A  national   training  team  built  a   national   curriculum,   that   they   taught   to   training   staff   in  battleground  states  who  adapted  those  programs  to  meet  local  needs.   The   intention  was   to   take   over   elements   from   various  

                                                                                                               217  Legacy  Report  2012,  P.  73  

Page 204: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

204   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

organizing   theories  and  modify   them  to  best  develop   the  staff  and  volunteers.218  

They   have   elaborated   different   training   programs  respectively  to  different  core  activities  and  staff  roles,  and  used  them   also   to   recruit   diverse   staff   members,   promote   an  environment   of   excellence   and   learning  within   the   campaign.  Trainings  were  given  and  held  regularly  in  the  campaign,  it  was  treated  as  a  process.  The  belief  behind  it  was  that  this  “benefits  both   those   being   trained   and   those   doing   the   training   by  providing  a  space  for  growth,  healthy  debate,  exchange  of   ideas  and  solidification  of  campaign  programs”.219  

In   this   sense   the   two   days   were   fundamental   for   the  Fellows   and   for   staff   members   too   as   this   event   was   a  fundamental   part   of   the   procedure   trainings   meant   in   this  campaign.   Staff   members   doing   these   trainings   were  responsible  for  the  Fellows  and  their  results  in  the  next  months  and  fellows  gained  the  basic  knowledge  to  know  how  they  can  support   the   campaign   the   best.   Moreover   these   two   days  strengthened  the  devotion  of  every  participant.  

At   this   kick   off   training   participants   received   a   ‘Field  Manual   Book’   and   were   explained   every   important   detail  relevant   to   their   future   job:   the   campaign’s   strategy,   the  concept   of   swing   states,   how   the   campaign   builds   its  organization   and   what   the   core   program   is.   To   make   these  topics   more   comprehensible   viewers   were   involved   in   the  training   by   answering   questions,   doing   some   team   building,                                                                                                                  218  Idem.  p.  71  219  Idem  p.71  

Page 205: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   205              

 

discussing   certain   topics  with   the  person   sitting  next   to   them  and   simulating   what   has   been   heard.   As   the   heart   of   the  campaign  was  phone  banking  and  canvassing,  the  basic  rules  of  these  activities  were  explained  and  done  on  this  training.  

Among   many   interesting   information   I   would   like   to  highlight   just   some   details,   like   the   power   of   the   personal  story.  The  first  time  I  have  heard  a  participant’s  personal  story  was  on  my  first  day’s  event.    At  this  training  I  have  understand  that   the   reason   why   someone   joins   the   campaign   can   be   the  most  powerful  reason  to  vote  for  the  President.  Therefore  after  analyzing   the   Obama   campaign’s   core   policies   we   needed   to  figure   out   what   our   personal   connection   to   these   were.  Healthcare  or  study  loans  it  didn’t  matter,   important  was  only  to  connect  a  story  and  so  engage  with  other  voters.  

The  other  important  element  was  when  we  were  practicing  the   ‘Hard   Ask’,   the   momentum   when   the   volunteer   asks   the  voter  to  join  the  campaign  and  vote  for  the  President.  Not  only  did   they   simulate   it   and   practiced   it   with   us,   but   they   have  prepared   us   even   for   negative   answers   and   made   sure   we  won’t  lose  our  enthusiasm  even  if  we  get  rejected  several  times.  

As  we   have  mentioned   the   training   and   its   useful   feature  were   meant   to   be   beneficial   for   both   the   participants   and  trainers,   for   now   and   for   long   term   projects   of   Organizig   for  America.  As  Jon  Carson,  executive  director  of  the  Organizing  for  Action   said:   “One   of   our   major   goals   is   to   train   the   next  

Page 206: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

206   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

generation  of  grassroots  organizers  to  this  work  so  that  they’ll  be  ready  to  take  on  the  fights  in  the  future”.220  

                                                                                                               220  Jon  Carson,  Executive  Director  OFA,  Outlines  Next  Steps:  

http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_mvu35FrFg  [Accessed:  04.08.2013]  

Page 207: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   207              

 

 5.5  Neighborhood  Teams  

 Just   like   trainings,   the   organization   of   the   campaign   was  

based   on   a   certain   kind   of   pyramidal   system.   If   you   were  contacted   by   a   volunteer   and   lets   say   you   join   the   campaign,  you   get   your   training   and  preparation   from   that   volunteer   or  some  of  the  staff  members  the  volunteer  got  your  name.  And  so  you  receive  a  list  of  people  whom  you  contact  and  after  it  there  might   be   new   volunteers  who   join   because   of   you   contacting  them.   This   is   why   personal   communication   was   fundamental  and  this  is  how  the  campaign  was  growing.  “This  will  always  be  a  volunteer  lead  organization”221.  After  the  2008  and  2010  experiences  the  campaign  decided  to  organize   in   teams,   as   they   believed   that   it   was   the   most  efficient,  effective,  rewarding,  and  sustainable  way  to  organize;  neighborhood   teams   contacted   ultimately   more   voters   in   a  neighborhood   than   volunteers   working   independently.222  Among  many  benefits  of  organizing  in  teams  is  that  volunteers  who   were   organized   in   teams   spent   more   time   volunteering  than  those  who  did  not  (56%  of  team  members  gave  more  than  10   hours   to   the   campaign   while   only   40%   of   non-­‐team  members  volunteered  at  that  level  in  2008).223  

                                                                                                               221   Jon   Carson,   Executive   Director   OFA,   Outlines   Next   Steps:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_mvu35FrFg  [Accessed:  04.08.2013]  222  Field  Staff  Manual  2012,  p.31  223  Idem  p.  31  

Page 208: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

208   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

31

BUILDING NEIGHBORHOOD TEAMS

You already read and learned about neighborhood teams as a core part of our strategy

and that your primary role as an Organizer is to build and support neighborhood teams

of volunteers who work together to recruit volunteers and contact voters in their turf.

But how does one organizer build a team of people who can do all that work?

Stepping Back: Why Teams Again?Our experiences in 2008 and 2010 taught us that organizing in teams is the most efficient, effective,

rewarding, and sustainable way to organize. Neighborhood teams will ultimately contact more voters in

a neighborhood than volunteers working independently. Here are some of the biggest benefits of the

team system:

-Teams contact voters, and the more teams, the more persuaded and registered voters we can talk to.

leadership and also cover every precinct in the state;

- More and more people will want to volunteer as we get closer to Early Vote and Election Day; you

cannot organize them all on your own, especially for Get-Out-The-Vote.

- Working as a team empowers people to own their work and hold each other accountable.

neighborhood team, and at the state level understanding their role within a state-wide structure;

in teams spent more time

volunteering than those

who did not (56% of team

members gave more than

10 hours to the campaign

while only 40% of non-team

members volunteered at

that level;

Picture  5.3:  Volunteer  Hours  per  Week  in  2008  [Source:  Field  Staff  Manual]  

 The  campaign  paid  attention   to  make  people   join  and   feel  

that   they   equally   contribute   to   something   that   is   a   common  goal  of  everyone.  The  best  method  of  organization  building  and  its  structure  was  the  so-­‐called  ‘Neighborhood  Team  Model’.    A  Neighborhood   Team   was   a   “group   of   individuals   working  together   with   a   leader   to   organize   a   specific   area.”224   Every  team  was   lead  by   an  NTL,   a  Neighborhood  Team  Leader  who  was  responsible  for  recruiting,  coaching,  and  leading  a  group  of  at  least  three  Core  Team  Members  (CTMs).  CTMs  filled  specific  roles  on   their   team,  even  though  the  roles  didn’t  matter  as  all  members  of  the  team  leadership  structure  worked  together  to  organize   actions   and   events.   Each   team   owned   all   of   the  

                                                                                                               224  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.19  

Page 209: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   209              

 

volunteer  recruitment  and  voter  contacts  in  their  turf  and  had  a  unique   home   in   Dashboard,   the   campaign’s   online   organizing  platform.   Moreover   all   teams   had   specific   goals   to   help   the  campaign  to  win  on  November  6—the  goals  for  each  team  in  a  state  added  up  to  the  voters  they  needed  to  register,  persuade  and   turnout   in   order   to   win   that   Battleground   State   or   help  support  it  if  not  in  a  Battleground.225  

 The   neighborhood   team   model   was   the   most   effective  model   because   it   was   focused   on   local   volunteers   from   the  community;   the   campaign   broke   its   goals   down   into  manageable   sizes   and   gave   ownership   of   each   piece   and  member   of   the   effort   to   local   volunteer   grassroots   teams.226  The  next  picture  shows  how  a  Neighborhood  Team  was  set  up.  

                   

                                                                                                               225  Field  Staff  Manual  2012,  p.33  226  Field  Staff  Manual  2012,  p.8  

Page 210: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

210   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Picture  5.4:  Neighborhood  

Team  Structure    [Source:  Field  Staff  Manual]  

   As   you   can   see,   the  main  organizational   principle  was   the   so-­‐called  Snowflake  model  that  was  represented  by  the  shape  of  a  snowflake.  “The  leader  is  in  the  center  but  not  the  focal  point  or  at   the   top  of  a  hierarchy.  Relationships  among   team  members  hold   the   snowflake   together   and   ensure   the   team   is   working  toward   common   goals   in   their   turf.’   –   writes   the   Field   Staff  Manual.227   The   Manual   among   much   useful   information  described  some  of  the  following  relevant  points  of  organization  building:  

-­‐ Neighbourhood  Team  Leaders  -­‐ Core  Team  Members  

                                                                                                               227  Field  Staff  Manual  2012,  p.32  

33

Think about a successful team you have been a part of. Why was it successful? How are you

defining success? What made you want to stay with that team?

Think about an unsuccessful team experience. Why did that team fail?

Neighborhood Team Structure and MembershipA Neighborhood Team Leader (NTL) is responsible for recruiting, coaching, and leading a group of at

least three Core Team Members (CTMs) who fill specific roles on their team. Each team owns all of the

volunteer recruitment and voter contact in their turf and has a unique home in Dashboard, our online

organizing platform. No matter the role, all members of the team leadership structure work together to

organize actions and events. All teams have specific goals to help us to win on November 6—the goals for

each team in a state add up to the voters we need to register, persuade and turnout in order to win that

Battleground State or help support it if not in a Battleground.

Neighborhood Team Leader

CanvassCoordinator

Phone BankCoordinator

Voter Registration Coordinator

Others

ETC.

Data Coordinator

Digital Lead

Page 211: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   211              

 

-­‐ Expectations  of  an  Active  Neighborhood  Team  -­‐ Testing   and   Confirming   Neighborhood   Team  

Members  -­‐ Neighborhood  Team  Building  Phases  and  Tactics  

All  this  information  and  tool  has  contributed  to  the  “innovation  that   has   been   built   in   the   last   6   years”   that   contributed   to   the  building  up  of      “the  largest  grass-­‐root  network  in  the  history  of  politics”.228      5.6  The  Firsts  

 The   two   main   activities   of   volunteering   were   phone   banking  and  canvassing.  As   the  Legacy  Report  writes:   “The  campaign’s  neighborhood  teams  allowed  the  organization  to  reach  out  and    have  persuasion  conversations  with  millions  of  voters  across  the  country.   Over   the   course   of   the   campaign,   volunteers   recorded  150  million  door  knocks  and  phone  calls,  a  number  that  includes  persuasion   conversations   but   also   volunteer   recruitment   and  turnout  attempts.”229  

The   following   chart   shows   how   the   number   of   people  involved   in   the  campaign  has   increased  mainly  because  of   the  numerous   personal   conversations  made   on   the   phone   and   at  the  doorstep.    

                                                                                                               228   Jon   Carson,   Executive   Director   OFA,   Outlines   Next   Steps:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_mvu35FrFg  [Accessed:  04.08.2013]  229  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.44  

Page 212: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

212   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Picture  5.5:  Exponential  Increase  of  Personal  Conversations  [Source:  Legacy  Report  2012]  

 To  explain  these  two  main  activities  well,   I  will  share  my  own  experiences  about  the  first  time  when  I  did  it.      5.6.1  Phone  banking    First  it  is  important  that  we  highlight  the  fact  that  before  every  phone   banking   session   volunteers   received   training.   So   did   I.  To  support  the  explanation  that  the  staff  member  gave  me,  they  have   landed   out   a   paper   with   the   description   (sent   from   the  HQ)  of  that  specific  phone  call  I  was  about  to  make.  Some  of  the  most  important  points  were  to  introduce  yourself  and   tell   that   you   are   a   volunteer   in   the  Obama   campaign.  We  always   aimed   to   speak  with   that   specific   person  who  was   on  our  list.  We  never  accepted  others  from  the  same  household  to  state  that  person’s  political  views.  If  the  person  was  not  home,  

Page 213: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   213              

 

or  no  one  answered  the  phone  we  just  ticked  the  right  box  on  our  sheet.    Once  speaking  with   the  person  we  wanted   to  we   jumped   into  the  middle,   in   order   to  be   efficient   and  don’t   lose   time   it  was  suggested  to  get  to  the  point  with  the  ‘Hard  Ask’  –  that  I  already  knew   from  my   first   training:   “Do  you  already  know  whom  you  vote  for?”.  And  here  we  had  5  different  possibilities  of  answers:  

• Obama  • Leaning  Obama  • Undecided  • Leaning  GOP  • GOP  

In  accordance  with  the  answer  we  could  proceed  with  different  pathways.  

1. If   the   person   said   he   or   she   is   a   Romney   voter,  we  thanked  his/her  time  and  said  good  bye.  

2. If   the   person   was   an   Obama   voter   the   aim   was   to  convince   him   or   her   to   join   the   campaign   and  volunteer   with   us.   Give   an   explanation   and  motivation  how   this  works   and   try   to   set   a   specific  date  when  the  person  will  show  up  in  the  office.  

3. If   we   were   speaking   with   an   undecided   voter   we  always   offered   our   help   to   answer   questions,   clear  some  doubts,  explain  our  own  story,   in  one  word  to  make  that  person  become  an  Obama  voter.  

Calls   like   this  were  not   longer   than  2-­‐3  minutes;   therefore  we  could   speak   with   numerous   people   in   a   very   short   time.   We  always   tried   to   do   these   phone   calls   in   a   timeframe   when  

Page 214: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

214   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

people  tend  to  stay  at  home,  as  these  numbers  were  most  of  the  time  wired  phone  numbers.  As  we  arrived   into  different  stages  of   the  campaign  the  theme  and  structure  of  these  calls  have  changed  too,  but  we  will  speak  about   it   later.   An   evergreen   rule   was   to   note   every   answer  down,   because   the   goal   was   to   register   our   results   on  Dashboard   that   on   the  one  hand  measured  our   efficiency   and  results  and  on  the  other  hand  it  sent  our   data   to   the   HQ’s   database,   we  discussed  earlier.  After   a   couple   of   days   of   phone  banking   an   elderly  man   showed   up  in  our  Field  Office,  called  John  Titus.  He  said  he  came  in  because  a  young  woman   from  Europe  has   called  him  and   asked   him   to   join.   John   Titus  was  the  first  volunteer  whom  I  have  recruited!  

Page 215: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   215              

 

 5.6.2  Canvassing    

 Canvassing   means   door-­‐to-­‐door   conversation   that   was   the  other   main   activity   we   were   doing   in   the   campaign.   To  understand   more   the   idea   of  canvassing  and  why   it   is  needed  and   how   the   campaign   has  motivated  people  to  join  I  would  like   to   quote   some   parts   of   an  introductory   video   on   Youtube,  made   by   Jeremy   Bird,   Deputy  National   Field   Director,   who   spoke   in   regard   of   a   pledge  canvass  project.230  “Change   has   to   come   from   us.  We   have   to   show   that   ordinary  Americans   across   the   country   are   discussing   the   need   for   bald  action   and   demanding   this   new   direction.   […]   So   today   we’re  going  out  to  our  communities  and  we’re  asking  our  neighbors  to  join   us   by   signing   a   pledge   and   declare   their   support   for  President   Obama’s   plan.   […]   We   want   to   create   a   powerful  display   of   support.   Neighborhoods   by   neighborhood,   block-­‐by-­‐block,  as  proof  that  Americans  are  ready  for  real  change  on  these  key  issues.  “  Speaking   with   neighbors   was   used   for   recruitment   and   also  was  beneficial   to   grow   the  movement   and  build   a  nationwide  

                                                                                                               230  Jeremy  Bird,  Deputy  national  field  director,  Pledge  Project  Canvass  Training  Video:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4NKllI3AfM  [Accessed:  17.08.2013]  

Page 216: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

216   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

network  to  support  the  campaign.  The  objective  was  to  engage,  recruit  and  mobilize  people  in  turfs  where  the  canvassers  were  sent.  Every  time  before  going  out  every  volunteer  received  training  in   canvassing.   Following   the   9   basic   steps   in   local   canvassing  told   by   Jeremy   Bird   let   us   sum   up  what   a   successful   canvass  was  alike:  

1. Pick  your  canvass  location  strategically  Every   two   canvasser   received   a   house-­‐list   from   a   turf  from  the  local  staff  members  to  walk  through.  This  was  called   door-­‐to-­‐door   neighborhood.231   To   maximize   the  number  of  doors  that  canvassers  were  able  to  go  to  they  walked  the  same  streets  but  one  of  them  knocked  on  the  houses   with   odd   numbers,   the   other   one   with   even  numbers.   Turfs   were   different   as   some   of   them   were  more  rural  or  more  central.  

2. Approach  people  with  a  positive  attitude  We   needed   to   put   some   stickers   on   our   jacket   or   use  signed  clipboards  as  we  wanted  people   to   trust  us  and  know   from   a   distance   that   we   represent   the   Obama  campaign.  Moreover  the  next  rule  was  important:  “Smile  as   you   approach   people.   Stay   positive   during   the  conversation.  To  get  their  attention  ask  them  if  they  know  about  Organizing  for  America.   If  someone  does  not  want  to   talk   to   you   or   gets   argumentative   don’t   worry,   just  move  on.  So  stay  positive  and  remember  this  is  the  way  we  

                                                                                                               231  The  other  type  of  canvassing  is  the  high  traffic  public  areas  canvassing.  

Page 217: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   217              

 

change  politics.”232  Engaging  with  non-­‐supporters  is  not  only  wasting   of   a   time   but   can   be   really   demotivating.  For   this   reason   the   campaign   has   always   suggested  leaving  people  who  are  GOP  supporters.  

3. Share  your  own  personal  story  We   have   already   mentioned   what   a   useful   tool   a  personal  story  can  be  when  persuading.  “Tell  people  why  you  are  personally  motivated  to  come  out  today.  Nothing  is   more   powerful   than   your   story.   Let   them   know   that  what’s   at   stake   for   you   personally   as   well   as   for   this  country.”233  

4. Explain  people  what  is  at  stake  It   was   necessary   to   underline   how   important   this  election  was   and  why   people   should   have   participated  and   voted.   In   my   case   the   reason   that   I   came   from  oversees   just   to   support   the   President   was   a   tangible  reason.  

5. Make  the  hard  ask  and  ask  them  to  volunteer  locally  The   campaign   wanted   people   to   commit   and   to   get   in  their  friends,  neighbors,  family  and  colleagues  to  sign  up  and  volunteer.  Therefore   canvassers  were   collecting  as  many   signatures   as   they   could   every   day.   So   it   was  important   to   ask:   “Would   you   sign   up   to   support   the  

                                                                                                               232   Jeremy   Bird,   Deputy   national   field   director,   Pledge   Project   Canvass  Training   Video:   http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4NKllI3AfM   [Accessed:  17.08.2013]  233  Idem.  

Page 218: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

218   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

President?”  The  campaign  was  building  local  power  and  a  strong  neighborhood.  

6. Let  them  know  where  to  find  us  We  had  to  tell  them  where  our  Office  was  and  how  to  get  there.   We   have   shared   even   our   website   with   them:  www.barackobama.com   as   a   resource   for   more  information.   Moreover   we   have   spoken   about   the  opportunities   how   to   get   involved   and   have   left   some  brochures  if  they  asked  us.    

7. Tally  your  results  and  enter  your  data  As   we   already   know   entering   the   data   had   high  importance  as  this  was  that  made  our  work  visible.  We  had  to  count  the  numbers  of  people  contacted  and  make  sure   to   enter   all   of   our   data.   This   data   will   allow   the  campaign   to   communicate   with   the   people   whom   the  canvassers   talked   that   day   and   let   them   know   how   to  stay  involved  with  their  local  group.    

And  now  let  us  see  in  detail  what  did  inserting  data  mean.      5.6.3  Inserting  Data    Inserting   data  was   crucial   for  many  reasons.   First   because   data   review  helped  filtering  voters  and  targeting  them.  Updating  a  centralized  system  with   the   outcomes   of   every  conversation   the   campaign  

Page 219: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   219              

 

underlined   and   supported   its  decision-­‐making   process   with  facts.   As   the   Legacy   Report   writes:   “Identifying   who   and   how  strongly   a   voter   supports   a   candidate   (support   ID)   is   the  most  important   piece   of   information,   and   is   collected   in   every   voter  contact.”234  Each  state  created  reports  that  tracked  progress  to  goal,  which  helped  drive    strategic  decisions.  For  example  if  the  original   assumption   was   a   contact   rate   between   15   and   30  percent,   but   the  data   showed   that   the   contact   rate  was   lower  than  expected  and  so  more  attempts  were  required  in  order  to  have  conversations  with  the  necessary  number  of  voters.  Inserting   data   was   important   even   because   it   contributed   to  measure   our   work.   Staff   members   were   asked   to   enter   as  many  data   as  possible   regarding   general   numbers.  We  had   to  fill  out  online  documents  that  asked  numbers  to  review  weekly,  daily.   This   allowed   everyone   from   campaign   leadership   to  volunteer   leaders   to   assess   their   and   the   campaign’s  effectiveness.  Thirdly   inserting   data  made   it   possible   to   establish   and   then  track  progress   toward  persuasion  goals.   “Understanding  how  many  voters  needed  to  be  persuaded  was  a  starting  point,  but    it  was  also  necessary  to  ask  key  questions  like  “How  many  contacts  are   necessary   to   persuade   the   right   number   of   voters?”   and  “What   type   of   questions   should   we   ask   those   voters   during  persuasion   conversations?”.235   So   the   system   could   calculate  some  numerical   objectives   that   had   to   be   reached   to   say   that  

                                                                                                               234  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  47  235  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  47  

Page 220: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

220   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

the   campaign   is   successful.   Only   relative   numbers   had  comprehensive  sense.      5.7  Let  the  community  grow  

 As   the  campaign  began  people  started   to   feel  more  connected  and  asked  to  join  actively.  The  chart  below  shows  the  manners  and  their  distribution  of  voter  contact  and  how  volunteers  got  involved.  They  had  the  opportunity  to  join  through  a  variety  of  outlets.  

Picture  5.6:  How  volunteers  first  got  involved  [Source:  Legacy  Report  2012]  

 As   the   Legacy   Report   explains:   “At   all   points   in   the  neighborhood  team  development  process,  volunteer  recruitment  was   essential.   This   month’s   new   recruit   could   be   next   month’s  team  member,  and  a  team  leader  down  the  road.  Teams  at  every  stage   of   development   need   members   and   a   regular   pool   of  

Page 221: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   221              

 

volunteers  to  make  calls,  knock  doors  and  register  voters.”236   In  order   to   persuade   as   many   volunteers   as   possible   team  members  and  staff  members  invented  many  ways  to  connect  to  voters.  In  my  case  I  would  highlight  three  events  that  increased  voter  devotion  and  volume.    First   the   Local   Democrats   who   have   helped   the   campaign’s  work   and   our   Field   Office   with   coordinating   members   in  accordance  with  the  campaign’s  strategy.  They  have  organized  a  Gala  Dinner  where  all  the  money  raised  was  spent  afterwards  on   the   campaign   itself.   They   gave  honours   to  Democrats  who  manifested   extraordinary   results   and   local   dems   maintained  some  interest-­‐focused  groups,  just  like  the  club  of  writers  who  have   written   articles   in   the   local   newspaper   about   the  campaign  and  the  President.  Second   once   I  was   asked   by   an  NTL,   Sue  Hubberd   to   help   to  organize   a   house   party   she   planned   to   hold   especially   for  women   in   the   neighborhood.   We   have   planned   every   detail  from   what   to   eat,   to   where   to   park   and   have   invited   some  friends  and  friends  of  friends  who  wanted  to  know  more  about  the  campaign  for  a  little  house  party.  Staff  members  and  myself  have   spoken   why   we   support   this   campaign   and   why   we  participate;   moreover   we   explained   how   the   ladies   can  participate   in   the   campaign.   This   specific   house   party   was  made  primary   for   networking,   but   sometimes   people   in   town  have  organized  house  parties  for  phone  banking  for  example.  Third  I  would  like  to  highlight  our  Wednesdays’  nights,  as  those  were  the  most  crowded  evenings  in  our  Office.  At  the  end  of  the                                                                                                                  236  Idem.  p  27  

Page 222: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

222   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

campaign  period,  Wednesdays  were  a  kind  of  women’s  day  off  as   almost   every   participant   of   that   day   female   was.   Many   of  them  brought  food  to  eat;  we  had  almost  a  buffet  in  our  office.  Moreover   a   woman,   who   was   a   masseuse,   offered   15-­‐20  minutes   massage   to   every   participant.   This   evening   was   the  highlight   of   the   week,   not   only   because   it   was   an   own  community  but  because  we  delivered  numbers  that  evening  as  we  spoke  with  hundreds  of  people  on  the  phone  and  recruited  numerous  of  them  who  joined  the  weekend  or  the  next  week.  Besides   these   events   and   special   features   the   most   common  way  we  recruited  people  to  volunteer  was  when  someone  came  in   to   ask   some   stickers,   magnets   or   yard   signs.   Those   who  entered   to   get   some   campaign   gadgets   where   Obama  supporters   but   were   not   necessarily   volunteers.   We   always  tried   to   encourage   them   to   join   and   help   the   President,   as  phone  banking  brings  more  votes  as  a  yard  sign.      5.  8  Debates  

 Political  debates  between  the  two  candidates  towards  the  end  of   the   race   are   a   tradition   in   American   political   history.   Both  parties   and   their   representatives   have   the   opportunity   to  negotiate  about  the  rules  of  the  debates  –  where  it  will  be,  who  the   moderator   will   be,   what   the   main   topics   will   be,   if   the  candidates   are   seated   or   are   standing,   if   the   audience   asks  questions  or  not,  if  the  audience  sits  around  the  two  or  if  it  is  a  frontal   public   etc.   Every   single   detail   has   to   be   designed   and  

Page 223: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   223              

 

known   to   give   an   adequate   training   to   the   candidates   and  prepare  them  for  every  scenario.    

This   time  we  had  3  presidential  and  one  vice-­‐presidential  debate.  See  the  timetable  below.  

    Date   Location   Topic  First     Oct  

3  University   of   Denver,  Texas  

Domestic  Policy  

Vice-­‐presidential  

Oct  11  

Center  College  in  Danville,  Kentucky  

Foreign   and  domestic  policy  

Second   Oct  16  

Hofstra   University   in  Hempstead,  New  York  

Town   meeting  format   including  foreign   and  domestic  policy  

Third   Oct  22  

Lynn   University   in   Boca  Raton,  Florida  

Foreign  Policy  

Picture  5.7:  Debate  Calendar  [Source:  http://www.uspresidentialelectionnews.com/2012-­‐debate-­‐schedule/2012-­‐presidential-­‐debate-­‐schedule/]  

 Tickets  for  each  debate  were  controlled  by  the  Commission  

on  Presidential  Debates   and  were   extremely   limited   since   the  debates  were  primarily  produced  for  television.  The  majority  of  tickets  were  distributed  to  host  university  students  and  faculty  through  a  lottery  system.237    

                                                                                                               237   Presidential   Elections,   Debated:  http://www.uspresidentialelectionnews.com/2012-­‐debate-­‐schedule/2012-­‐presidential-­‐debate-­‐schedule  [Accessed:  04.01.2013]  

Page 224: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

224   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Each   debate   was   broadcasted   live   on   several   television  channels,  like  C-­‐SPAN,  ABC,  CBS,  FOX  and  NBC,  as  well  as  cable  news   channels   including   CNN,   Fox   News   and   MSNBC   among  others.  These  events  were  watched  by  millions  of  viewers  and  gained   a   high   visibility   and   importance   as   Election   Day   was  approaching.  

According  to  Nielsen  the  first  debate  was  followed  by  67,5  million   viewers,   the   second   by   65,6   and   the   third   by   59,2  million.   The   most   watched   network   for   the   debate   was   NBC,  with  12,4  million  total  viewers.  Fox  News,  which  came  in  third  with  11,5  million,  hit  a  record   for   its  most-­‐watched  scheduled  telecast  ever.238  

The   Portsmouth   Field   Office   and   its   staff   have   organized  debate  watching  evenings  where  we  have  invited  volunteers  to  join,   bring   something   to   drink   and   enjoy   the   broadcast  together.   I   highlighted   this   event  not  only  because   this  meant  that   15-­‐30  people  were  watching   the   debate   from  one  device  that   meant   that   we   indirectly   uppered   the   statistics,   but   we  could   witness   how   general   opinion   was   evolving   whilst  watching   the   debate.   This   echoes   the   phenomenon   David  Plouffe   explained   at   a   roundtable   conference:   “The   other  interesting   thing   is   twitter.   In   just   a   few   minutes   there   is   a  consensus  evolving  after  events  or  happenings.  The  consensus  of  who   is   winning,   who   is   doing   well,   who   made   a   mistake,   who  didn’t,   and   that   is   something   that   has   to   be   understood   about  

                                                                                                               238   Los   Angeles   Times:  http://articles.latimes.com/2012/oct/23/entertainment/la-­‐et-­‐st-­‐obama-­‐romney-­‐third-­‐debates-­‐ratings-­‐20121023  [Accessed:  11.12.2012]  

Page 225: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   225              

 

modern  politics.  If  there  is  an  event  that  takes  an  hour  and  a  half,  your  people  out  there  will  not  look  at  it  holistically,  but  there  will  be   a   consensus   that   emerges   right   away,   right   within   10  minutes.”239   These   observations   reflect   on   the   importance   of  digital   platforms   and   their   coordination   that   we   discussed  earlier.    

 

 Picture  5.8:  First  Presidential  Debate’s  Perceptions  [Source:  http://blog.sibylvision.com/?p=168]      According   to  our  discussion  at  one  of  our   lectures  at  Harvard  Kennedy   School,   Professor   Steve   Jarding   asked   students  what  

                                                                                                               239   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  

Page 226: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

226   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

they   thought   about   the   debates.   In   case   of   the   first   debate,  students’   opinion   was   echoing   what   we   could   read   in   the  newspapers,   that   Obama   did   not   perform   very   well.   The  President  didn’t  do  any  mistake  but  seemed  to  be  the  shadow  of  himself.  This  was   firstly  because  Denver,  where   the  debate  was   held   is   up   in   the  mountains,   where   there   is   less   oxygen.  Governor  Romney  who  has  spent  there  days  prior  the  event  got  used   to   this   climate.   Secondly   Romney   had   prepared   for   this  debate  for  days,  not  like  the  President,  who  was  kept  busy  with  work.  Thirdly,  as  Prof.  Jarding  explains,  the  President  needed  to  stay   presidential.   A   debate   that   requires   candidates   to   be   a  little  bit  provocative  and  more  self-­‐confident  is  hardly  suitable  to   a   president   who   needs   to   be   neutral   and   calm.   Moreover  Romney   played   a   surprising   game   with   having   a   flexible  opinion  on   certain   issues,   as   Plouffe   said:   “We  had   to   prepare  for   Romney   who   was   fairly   elastic.   More   elastic   that   we   had  envisioned.”240  As   David   Plouffe   said:   “There   is   always   some   turbulence   in  landing   this   plane.  We  were   not   the   strongest   ones   in   the   first  round.   The   President   didn’t   make   any   mistake   but   had   a   solid  performance.  In  the  meantime  Gov.  Romney  is  a  strong  debater;  he   rescued   his   primary   nomination   by   debating,   by   dominating  the   paper   forms.”241   Moreover   he   adds   this   answer   to   the  question   about   his   reactions   after   the   first   debate:   “Well,   we  had   to   ensure   we   didn’t   have   another   first   debate.   We   had   to  

                                                                                                               240   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  241  Idem.  

Page 227: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   227              

 

work  on   it,   presentation  wise  and  message  wise.  And   there  was  no   opinion-­‐difference   on   the   need   of   improvement   between   the  president  and  us.”242  Nevertheless   the   impression   of   a  weak   performance   that   you  can   see   on   the   chart   next   page,   the   campaign   could   use   it   to  increase   the   financial   support.   This   success   in   fundraising  approved   those   predictions   wrong   that   envisioned   a   loss   of  enthusiasm  after  Obama’s  first  presidential  run.  OFA  managed  to   reach   out   and   frame   general   opinion,   ask   people   their  support  and  keep  them  on  board.  “It   is  also  a  testament  to  the  campaign’s   leadership,   including  Messina,   who   invested   heavily  in  digital   efforts   early,   and   the   campaign’s   digital   team,   run  by  Teddy   Goff,   Marie   Ewald   and   Blue   State   Digital’s   Joe   Rospars,  who   were   able   to   fine-­‐tune   their   tactics   and   techniques   for  raising  money  electronically.”243    

                                                                                                               242  Idem.    243  The  TIME:  Exclusive  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  [Accessed:12.11.2013]  

Page 228: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

228   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

   Picture  5.9:  Perceptions  of  the  candidates  before  and  after  debate    

Moreover   the   President   and   his   team   have   gained   back   that  they  have  lost  in  the  next  debates.  As  Plouffe  said:  “The  race  did  not   fundamentally   change.   Our   support   level   stayed   relatively  constant.  Romney  accelerated  those  gains  he  would  have  gained  in  October.  All  of  a  sudden  he  gained  all  of  them  on  one  night.  […]  But  the  structure  of  the  race  has  never  really  changed.”244    In   the   second   debate   with   Joe   Biden   the   Democratic   Party  showed   a   strength   and   professionalism   that  was   grounded   in  the  Vice-­‐President’s  experiences.  Moreover  the  second  and  the  third   debate   went   much   smoother   even   for   the   President,  partially   because   of   the   set   of   the   debate   and   the  moderator  that  kept  timeframes  and  issues  in  order.                                                                                                                  244   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]    

Page 229: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   229              

 

In   every   case   the   campaign’s   had   to   put   an   effort   in   bringing  back  the  President  and  the  campaign  where  it  belongs  as  soon  as  possible.  “We  had  to  jump  that  bar  that  people  think:  “OK,  he  had   just   a   night-­‐off   but   he   is   back.   […]   But   it   was   really  challenging   as   in   the   next   2   weeks   we   were   the   team   who  couldn’t  shoot  straight  and  Romney  had  all   the  opportunities  to  take  advantage  and  have  his  momentums.”245    Even  thought  the  campaign  management  believed  that  debates  were  not  the  president’s  strength  they  tried  to  prepare  him  to  be  as  good  as  possible.  As  they  said  “We  didn’t  have  to  win  that  but   just   collect   enough   points.   We   definitely   won   the   second  debate  and  we  really  dominated  the  third  debate.    And  the  way  voters   look   at   these   debates   is   really   that   they   look   at   it   as   a  package.”246  And  as  some  critics  wrote:    “But  he  walks  into  the  debate  tonight  with  the  upper  hand  in  large  part  because  he  has  been  running  the  more  subtle  and  sophisticated  campaign.”247    5.9  47  %    But  not  only  the  Obama  campaign  had  its  ups  and  downs.  Even  the  Romney   team  had   to   finish   some  difficulties.  One  of   these  was  the  governor’s  47%  gaffe,  a  videotape  where  the  governor  

                                                                                                               245   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  246  Idem.  247  TIME:  Obama’s  Swing  State  Success  Explained:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/10/03/obamas-­‐swing-­‐state-­‐success-­‐explained/  [Accessed:  11.05.2013]  

Page 230: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

230   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

valuates   the  current  situation  and  his  chances   in  a  manner  he  wouldn’t  necessarily  do  in  a  wide  public.  See  the  text  below:  

 “There   are   47%  of   the   people  who  will   vote   for   the  president   no   matter   what.   All   right,   there   are   47%  who   are   with   him,   who   are   dependent   upon  government,   who   believe   that   they   are   victims,   who  believe   the   government   has   a   responsibility   to   care  for  them,  who  believe  that  they  are  entitled  to  health  care,   to   food,   to   housing,   to   you-­‐name-­‐it.   That’s   an  entitlement.   The   government   should   give   it   to   them.  And  they  will  vote  for  this  president  no  matter  what.  And   I   mean   the   president   starts   off   with   48,   49…he  starts  off  with  a  huge  number.  These  are  people  who  pay  no  income  tax.  Forty-­‐seven  percent  of  Americans  pay   no   income   tax.   So   our   message   of   low   taxes  doesn’t   connect.   So   he’ll   be   out   there   talking   about  tax  cuts   for   the  rich.  …  My   job   is  not   to  worry  about  those   people.   I’ll   never   convince   them   they   should  take   personal   responsibility   and   care   for   their   lives.  What  I  have  to  do  is  convince  the  5–10%  in  the  center  that  are   independents,   that  are  thoughtful,   that   look  at   voting   one   way   or   the   other   depending   upon   in  some   cases   emotion,   whether   they   like   the   guy   or  not.”248  

 

                                                                                                               248   The   ‘47%   tape’   and   the   man   who   revealed   the   real   Mitt   Romney:  http://www.msnbc.com/the-­‐ed-­‐show/the-­‐47-­‐tape-­‐and-­‐the-­‐man-­‐who-­‐revealed-­‐the-­‐r  [Accessed:  12.04.2013]  

Page 231: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   231              

 

Someone  of  the  present  people  videotaped  this  speech  –  later  it  turned  out  that  it  was  a  waiter  –  and  this  videotape  got  viral  in  just  a  few  hours.  This  happening  underlines  some  facts  we  have  highlighted   earlier.   First   that   technology   plays   an   important  role.  This  videotape  some  years  ago  would  have  been  only  an  audiotape,   but   if   it   were   an   audiotape   today   it   wouldn’t  necessarily   get   into   the   news.   But   as   it  was   videotaped   it   got  immediately   distributed,   moreover   people   shared   it   and   re-­‐tweeted   it   immediately   with   some   comments   and  interpretation.  This  tape  moreover  and  its  content  put  the  Romney  campaign  into   bad   shape   as   is   was   a   manifesto   of   the   fundamental  misunderstanding   of   the   country   Romney   wanted   to   lead.  “Because   he   said   that   those   47%  are   the   takers   of   this   country  who   don’t   pay   federal   income   taxes.   So   you,   here   in   the   room,  who  are  the  makers,  are  victimized  by  these  47%.  But  he  can  not  do  anything  about  it,  so  he  can’t  deal  with  it.  But  the  core  of  the  misunderstanding   was,   that   the   basic   of   the   Republican   Party  was   coming   from   that   47%.”249   –   says   Steven   Schmidt,   GOP  Campaign  Manager.  

                                                                                                               249   Steven   Schmidt,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]    

Page 232: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

232   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 5.10  Bill  Clinton  visits  NH  

 As  we  have  mentioned  it  earlier  local  visits  of  the  President  and  his  surrogates  were  a  common  way  of   increasing  support  and  local   enthusiasm.   We   had  numerous   visits   and   events   in  the   last   months   in   New  Hampshire  and  one  of   them  was  the  visit  of  Bill  Clinton.  

Our   Field   Office,   as   it   was  close   the   event’s   place,   was  asked   to   help   in   coordination  and  voter  invitation.  We  received  the   tickets   for   the   event   that  looked  like  those  that  I  have  seen  the   first   day.   Volunteers  were   asked   to   call   people   that  were  registered  as  Obama  supporters  or  Lean  Obama  supporters  to  ask   them   if   they   wanted   to   join   the   event.   Occasions   when  people  showed  up  for  their  tickets  were  good  opportunities  to  involve   new  members  who  would   volunteer   to   the   campaign  afterwards.  

The  other   important  detail   about   the   tickets  was   the  data  collection.  I  remembered  from  my  first  time  witnessing  such  an  event,  people  had  to  fill  out  one  part  of  the  ticket.  This  time  that  I  participated  in  the  whole  organization  I  understood  why  this  important   was.   Staff   members   had   to   collect   these   sheets  

Page 233: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   233              

 

controlling   everyone   if   their   information   is   legible.   And  afterwards  we  had  to  register  all  the  data  on  Dashboard.  

Moreover  staff  had  to   follow  up  with  attendees,  by  calling  them  and  asking  for  a  short  feedback  and  than  asking  them  to  volunteer.   As   in   most   of   the   speeches   speakers   have   drawn  attention   to   volunteering,   phone   banking   and   canvassing,   we  could  refer  to  Bill  Clinton’s  words  and  ask  them  to  sign  up  and  volunteer.  

   5.11  Hurricane  Sandy    In  the  last  weeks  of  the  campaign  a  hurricane  named  Sandy  has  attacked   the   East   Coast,   exactly   New   York   and   it’s  neighborhood.  Even  though  people  were  more  or  less  prepared  for   this   natural   disaster   Sandy   caused   much   trouble   to   that  area.  Let  us  analyze  Sandy  from  our  campaign  point  of  view.  Nevertheless  the  Obama  administration  paused  their  campaign  for   the   first   couple   of   days   after   the   hurricane’s   attack,  many  think   the   Obama   campaign   would   have   lost   without   such   an  unpredicted   event.   Another   controversial   fact   was   GOP  governor   Chriestie’s   embrace   of   President   Obama   in   New  Jersey.  On   the   other   hand   Democrats   say,   that   governor   Chriestie’s  embrace  after  Hurricane  Sandy  was  a  noble   thing  but  did  not  play   a   role   in   the   outcome   of   this   election.   People   haven’t  

Page 234: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

234   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

switched  their  views   in  those  closing  days.   250  As  Plouffe  said:  “We   had   the   best   data   that   any   campaign   has   ever   had   in  American  political  history.  The  race  did  not  change  pre-­‐Sandy  or  post-­‐Sandy.    […]  There  was  a  set  of  voters  who  had  yet  to  make  a  decision   and   they’ve   allocated   it   the   way   we   thought   they   will  allocate  it,  and  Sandy  was  not  a  driver  of  it.”251  Even  though  this  happening  dominated  the  news  appropriately  for  two  or  three  days,  so  the  Romney  campaign  had  a  hard  time  punching   through   that.   So   this   could   have   been   a   tactical  concern  for  the  Obama  campaign,  but  here  the  problem  is  that  a  Democratic   president   and   a   Republican   governor   working  together  is  news.  Referring   to   Schmidt,   GOP   Campaign   Manager   answering   the  same   question   as   Plouffe:   ”The   tendency   is   to   say   that   the  election   was   determined   by   the   last   thing   that   happened   as  opposed  to  the  accumulation  of  things  that  happened  over  a  two-­‐year  period.  […]  It  wasn’t  Sandy  but  because  of  the  accumulation  of  events  and  the  demographic  issues  we  talked  about  earlier.”252      5.12  Evolution  of  the  message    Now   that   we   know   the   background   and   some   details   about  organization  building  and  how  the  structure  was  settled  for  the  

                                                                                                               250David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY  [Accessed:  14.11.2012]  251  Idem.  252  Idem.  

Page 235: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   235              

 

campaign’s   operation,   we   can   jump   into   the   subject   of   what  volunteers   have   communicated.   What   do   I   mean   with   this  point?   We   have   seen   that   Field   Offices   were   set   up   in   the  critical   states   to   represent   the   campaign  and   to   involve   locals  and   coordinate   them   to   achieve   the   common   goals   set   by   the  headquarters.   The   management   based   its   decision-­‐making  process   on   the   information   volunteers   delivered   and   staff  reported.   They   managed   to   adjust   the   main   message   of  communication   to   these   information   moreover   they  sophisticated   their   targeting   by   knowing   more   about   local  responses  to  the  campaign’s  reach  out.    As  we  know  the  goal  was  to  increase  the  number  of  voters  who  would  vote  for  the  President.  This  was  possible  by  persuasion,  by  voter  extension  and  finding  new  voters.  As  time  has  passed  and   we   were   approaching   Election   Day   the   core   message  changed   too.   It   went   through   an   evolution   from   information  gathering,  to  mobilizing,  early  voting,  voter  registration  and  at  the  very  end  voter  turn  out.  But  now  let  us  see  what  the  most  important  milestones  were   till  November   the  6th,   to  draw   the  frames  of  this  content  evolution.  The  Legacy  Report  has  divided  happenings  into  5  Phases.253  Phase   1:   2011   (April   to   December):   2011   marked   the   first  phase  of   the  campaign.  They  have   launched  the  campaign  and  worked   to   re-­‐engage   past   volunteer   leaders   and   recruit   new  volunteers,  both  online  and  offline.  They  set  up  infrastructure,  figured   out   processes,   and   began   setting   strategic   priorities.  The   summer   organizer   program,   house   parties,   one-­‐on-­‐one                                                                                                                  253  Legacy  Report  2012,  pp.13-­‐16    

Page 236: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

236   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

conversations   and   planning   sessions   were   effective   tools   for  building  the  organization.  Phase  2:  Capacity  and  Team  Building  (January  onward):  As  the  calendar   turned   to   2012,   the   campaign   transitioned   to   hiring  and   training   the   first   large   wave   of   staff,   writing   plans   and  opening   offices.   The   core   goals   were   recruiting   volunteer  leaders   and   building   the   organization.   This   phase   overlapped  with   all   other   phases   until   the   end   of   the   campaign   because  organization   building   never   stopped   until   GOTV,   and  organization  building  couldn’t  be  separated  from  voter  contact  and  other  action  used  to  test  and  expand  the  organization.    Phase   3:   Increased   Conversations  with   Voters   (Mid-­‐March   to  August):  As  the  Republican  Primaries  ramped  up,  the  campaign  increased   persuasion   to   undecided   voters,   continued   to  register  unregistered  voters  and  began  to  mobilize  supporters  to   vote.   The   Republican   Primaries   increased   enthusiasm   and  provided  opportunities  to  train  volunteers  and  test  the  turnout  operation  both  online  and  offline.  During  this  phase,  President  Obama   and   other   principals   and   surrogates   began   holding  campaign   rallies,   which   increased   a   sense   of   urgency.   The  communications   and  media   teams  effectively  defined  Romney  during   this   time   and   helped   amplify   the   President’s   forward-­‐looking  message  for  middle-­‐class  prosperity  and  security.  Phase   4:   Post-­‐Convention   (September   to   October):   The  campaign  went   into  high  gear  as  people   tuned   in  more   to   the  election   following   the   Convention.   The   campaign   increased  registration   before   deadlines,   organized   around   debates,  turned   out   supporters   for   Early   Vote   and   prepped   for   GOTV.  

Page 237: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   237              

 

This   is   the   phase   of   the   campaign  where   specifically   branded  Days  of  Action  were  not  as  important,  because  every  weekend  was  a  Day  of  Action.  The  timeline  in  detail  in  this  4th  phase  went  the  following:  

• September   4-­‐6   –   The  Democratic  National  Convention  in  Charlotte  

• September   8,   2012   –   Voter   registration   drives:  Thousands   of   volunteers   organized   across   the   country  to  get  voters  registered  ahead  of  deadlines.    

• September  10,  2012  –  Supporters  close  the  fundraising  gap:   The   campaign   announced   that   grassroots  supporters   helped   close   the   fundraising   gap   with  Romney   and   Republicans   in   August   —the   first   time  since  April.    

• September  27,  2012  –  Early  Vote:  Early  Vote  begins   in  Iowa   and   would   later   begin   in   many   other   states.  Volunteers   managed   a   comprehensive   early   vote  program   to   encourage   supporters   to   take   advantage  of  the  convenience  of  voting  early.    

• October   3,   2012   –   First   Presidential  Debate.   President  Obama   and   Mitt   Romney   faced   off   in   the   first  Presidential  debate.    

• October   11,   2012   –   Vice   Presidential   Debate:   Vice  President   Biden   and   Paul   Ryan   faced   off   in   the   Vice  Presidential  debate.    

• October   16,   2012   –   Second   Presidential   Debate:  President  Obama  and  Mitt  Romney   faced  off   in   a   town  hall  meeting  with  voters  to  debate  foreign  and  domestic  

Page 238: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

238   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

policy.    • October  22,  2012  –  Final  Presidential  debate:  President  

Obama   and   Mitt   Romney   faced   off   in   the   final  presidential  debate,  on  foreign  policy.    

Phase  5:  Early  Vote  and  Get  Out  The  Vote  (October  to  November).  As  this  is  an  important  phase  that  brings  many  innovations  to  the  structure  and  communication  we  will  dedicate  an  internal  chapter  to  the  GOTV  mission.  In  accordance  with  this  broad  timeline  drawn  above,  I  would  like  to  refer  to  the  Chapter  2.4.4.  Core  Program  that  has  explained  the  main  activities  the  campaign  has  evolved:  Persuasion,  Registration  and  Turn  out.  According  to  this  the  campaign  communication  has  changed  in  these  months  that  we  will  examine  in  the  following  chapters.      5.12.1  Voter  registration    

 Voter  registration  was  a  core  part  of  the  campaign’s  strategy  in  almost   every   state.   Leadership   looked   at   polling,   assessed  current   trends   in   the  electorate,  and  understood  the  necessity  of  expanding  the  electorate.  The  Obama  campaign  then  worked  for   months   to   expand   the   electorate   by   collecting   voter  registration   forms.   Running   an   effective   voter   registration  program   was   possible   only   with   the   correct   planning,  organizational  capacity  and  creative  tactics.254  

                                                                                                               254  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  36  

Page 239: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   239              

 

The   campaign   proved   to   be   right   on   the   issue   of   the  necessity   of   expanding   the   electorate.   They   registered   1.8  million   voters   on   the   ground   so   these   voter   registration  numbers  outpaced  2008  and  exceeded  the  margin  of  victory  in  three  key  states.  

Picture  5.10:  Voter  Registration  and  Margins  [Source:  Legacy  Report  2012]    First   it   was   crucial   to   set   voter   registration   goals   for   key  demographic   groups   –   like   Latinos,   Women   and   African  Americans.   Second   the   campaign   has   used   various   voter  registration  tactics  to  gain  as  many  new  supporters  as  possible.  Tactics  were255:  

• Voter  Registration  in  High  Traffic  Locations  • Events  and  Days  of  Action  • Relationship  Building  • Youth  Registration  • GottaRegister  

                                                                                                               255  Idem.p,  39    

35

VOTER REGISTRATION

Voter registration was a core part of the campaign’s strategy in almost every state.

Leadership looked at polling, assessed current trends in the electorate, and understood

the necessity of expanding the electorate. The Obama campaign then worked for

months to expand the electorate by collecting voter registration forms. Running an

effective voter registration program was possible only with the correct planning,

organizational capacity and creative tactics.

The campaign registered 1.8 million voters on the ground, not including every voter

who downloaded a form online. The campaign’s voter registration numbers outpaced

2008 and exceeded the margin of victory in three key states.

“A team member told the story of how he got a man of almost 75 years of age to register to vote for the first time. The man’s wife said she had been trying for years to get him to register. These are the stories that

keep you motivated to go the next mile to get the President re-elected.”

-MARGARETTA, NEIGHBORHOOD TEAM LEADER IN PENNSYLVANIA

State Registration Forms Collected by OFA

Obama Margin of Victory

Florida 361,176 74,309

Colorado 156,860 137,948

Nevada 95,973 67,806

Page 240: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

240   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

• Voter  Registration  Auditing.    

As   an   example   let   me   explain   you   how   the   project  Women4Obama  worked  in  New  Hampshire  in  the  last  couple  of   months.   Statistics   showed   that   in   New   Hampshire   women  might  be  that  demographic  group  that  has  to  be  persuaded  and  registered   with   a   special   attention.   Hence   I   was   chosen   to  coordinate  this  project  two  female  staff  members  of  the  state’s  headquarters  came  to  our  field  office  and  gave  me  a  training  on  how  to  realize  the  project  and  achieve  the  designed  numbers.    

I  have  invited  women  supporters  and  female  volunteers  for  a  short  workshop  and  have  explained  the  program.  They  have  contributed   in   sharing   characteristics   that   describe   the   area.  We   had   to   find   crowded   places   where   mainly   female   voters  pass.   With   the   help   of   our   local   women,   we   picked   some  frequented  places  in  the  neighborhood  and  went  out  in  pairs  to  engage   with   women   and   ask   them   if   they   needed   any  information  about  registration.  So  we  gave  out  some  literature  to  women  who  were   interested  and   involved  some  of   them  in  the  campaign  to  come  and  volunteer  with  us.      5.12.2  Persuasion    The   second   way   the   campaign   generated   votes   was   by  persuading   undecided   voters   to   support   President  Obama.   As  with  voter  registration,  persuasion  was  a  priority  for  the  entire  campaign  that  we  could  even  see  previously.  

Page 241: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   241              

 

Finding   the   right   messengers   to   deliver   this   persuasion  message   was   critical.   Ensuring   that   even   national   issues   are  presented  in  the  language  of  the  individual’s  own  backyard  was  important.  The  bottom  line  was  simple:   the  more  familiar  and  local  the  messenger  is  to  the  voter,  the  better  the  results.256    This   is  why   the  campaign  emphasized   the  set  up  of   local   field  offices  where  staff  members  managed  to  dialogue  directly  with  local  democrats  who  supported  their  work.  In  this  sense  staff’s  role  was   to  be   the  messenger  between   local   communities  and  the  campaign’s  decision  makers.  To  report  data  gathered  from  volunteers   to   the   HQ   and   to   give   clear   indications   to   the  volunteers  received  from  the  HQ.  It  was   important   to  direct   local  volunteers   to   the  right  voters  and   focus   their   efforts   in   the   right   places.   The   task   of   the  headquarters  was   to  define  precisely  whom   they   should  have  contacted.   This   is   what   phone   banking   and   canvassing   were  used  for.      5.12.3  Turn  out  -­‐  GOTV      Till  GOTV  period  the  campaign  aimed  to  multiply  the  number  of  volunteers  helping  out  in  recruitment.  But  in  the  last  3  weeks  of  a   time   I   would   rather   say   that   the   field   offices   multiplied  themselves   to   be   able   to   get   in   touch   with   as   many   vote   as  possible.   In   other   words   the   system   got   multiplied   not   only  participants.                                                                                                                  256  Legacy  Report  2012,  p  45  

Page 242: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

242   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

This  GOTV  period  marked  the  final  phase  of  the  campaign.  The  key   goals  were   to   fill   all   GOTV  and  Election  Day   shifts   and   to  provide  supporters  with  information  on  where,  when  and  how  to   vote.   The   campaign   continued   to   drive   Early   Vote   turnout  and   chase   outstanding   absentee   ballots,   where   applicable.  Volunteers   conducted   at   least   two   dry   runs   from   staging  locations   to  prepare.  Finally,   volunteers  motivated   supporters  to   vote,   promoted   citizens’   voting   rights,   and   conducted  Election   Day   and   Election  Night   reporting   until   the   final   vote  was  counted.257  In   the   last   couple   of   weeks   staff   members   were   looking   for  talented  and  dedicated  volunteers  who  might  lead  hubs  for  the  GOTV  project.  Every  Field  Office  worked  on  setting  up  various  staging   locations   to   get   in   touch   with   local   people   especially  because  their  task  was  to  “organize  themselves  out  of  the  job”.  Nearly   20,000   living   rooms,   garages,   and   other   locations   all  across  the  country  transformed  into  Election  Day  hubs,  known  as  “staging  locations.”  These  Election   Day   hubs   deployed  trained   volunteers   out   in  their   own   neighborhoods   to  knock  on  doors  and  to  ensure  that   every   last   supporter  has  voted   for   President   Obama  and  other  Democrats  at  the  correct  polling  places.258    

                                                                                                               257  Legacy  Report  2012,  p.  58  258  Field  Staff  Manual  2012,  p.8  

Page 243: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   243              

 

It   is   important  to  underline  that  those   local  Election  Day  hubs  were  not  managed  by  staff,  but  by  trained   and   tested   local  community   leaders.   Staff   has  spent   weeks   and   sometimes  months   (even   years)   recruiting,  getting   to   know,   and   signing   up  volunteers   who   were   able   to  manage  an  upcoming  flow  of  local  volunteers.  259    Every   staging   location   had   a  Director   that   coordinated   the  volunteers   showing   up.   We   had   a   Canvass   Captain   that  explained  how  to  do  the  canvass  and  depending  on  how  big  and  frequented  that  staging  location  was  many  volunteers  helped  in  coordination.  We  as   staff  have  always  prepared   the   folders  of  

turfs   the   canvassers   had   to   walk  through   and   staging   directors  confirmed   people  why   have   signed   up  to   join   us   on   time.   We   had   3-­‐4   shifts  per   day   on   these   GOTV   weekends,   in  each   shift   20-­‐30   people   went   out   to  know  on  some  30-­‐40  doors  per  person.  Many   of   them  have   arrived   even   from  surrogate   states,   like   at   my   staging  location   in  Rye   I  had  many  canvassers  

                                                                                                               259  Idem.  p,9  

Page 244: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

244   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

coming  from  Massachusetts  to  help  us  out  locally.  The   lists   of   voters   they   had   to   turn   out   to   vote   have   been  worked   through   and   cultivated   for   months   prior   to   Election  Day,  so  that  volunteers  spent  their  valuable  time  talking  only  to  people   who   support   President   Obama   and   other   Democrats.  They  helped  before  Election  Day  too,  having  conversations  with  undecided  voters,  helping   to  register   local  people   to  vote,  and  encouraging   as   many   of   the   supporters   as   possible   to  participate  in  Early  Voting  opportunities.  Our   main   message   in   these   canvassing   and   on   our   literature  was  where   to  go   to  vote  and  when  and  what   it   is   required   to  vote,  and  last  but  not  least,  we  asked  everyone  to  not  to  forget  to  vote.  GOTV   made   it   possible   to   have   approximately   85.000   phone  calls  and  knock  on  86.000  doors  on  November  the  3rd,  Saturday  in  New  Hampshire,  a  state  with  1.200.000  citizens.260      5.13  Election  Day  

 The   election   is   always  

held  on  the  Tuesday  after  the  first   Monday   in   November.  On  the  morning  of  November  6th,   polling   booths   opened   in  all   50   states   and   in  

                                                                                                               260  State  directorate  told  us  on  a  conference  call  that  night.  

Page 245: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   245              

 

Washington  DC  and  around  100  million  votes  were  expected  to  be  cast.  Counting  began  immediately  and  when  voting  finished  in  the  evening  we  got  our  first  glimpse  of  the  exit  polls,  surveys  carried  out   throughout   the  day  that  gave  an   idea  of  who  won.  But  what   did   the   thousands   of   campaign   staff   and   volunteers  do  this  day?  

We   were   doing   several   different   type   of   activities  contemporary:   some   of   the   volunteers   offered   their   cars   and  driving  services  to  the  campaign,  where  a  staff  member  in  the  field   office   focused   on   this   issue   and   coordinated   in   the   last  couple  of  weeks  the  needs  and  the  offers.  

Our   staging   location   was   running   really   intensively   that  day,   shifts   were   full   and   people   were   coming   continuously.  Everyone  got  his  or  her  turf  to  go  through.  There  was  just  one  question:   Did   you   already   vote?   If   the   question   was   yes,  canvassers  scored  out  that  name  and  so  the  list  got  shorter.  The  goal   was   to   get   to   every   Obama   supporter   on   our   list   and  remind  them  to  vote.  

Some   of   the  volunteers   were   giving  their   support   at   the  locations   where   people  went   to   vote   –   usually   at  schools,   sport   halls   or  town   halls.   They   were  cheering   people   who  arrived   and   baring   in  their  minds  the  names  they  had  to  vote  for  by  holding  boards.  

Page 246: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

246   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Around   6-­‐7PM   when   the   turfs   were   walked   through   4  times,  when  our  staging  location  was  closing  just  like  the  polls,  we  went  back  to  the  Office  with  some  others  to  watch  together  the  broadcasts  about  the  results.  One  by  one  we  were  excitedly  watching  the  outcomes  of  each  states.  Exit  polls  were  each  time  squeezing  our  stomach.    

And  around  11PM  on  the  East  Coast  even  tough  we  didn’t  know   the   result   of   all   states   (Florida  was  missing),   it   became  clear   that   one   side   has   prevailed.   The   losing   candidate   called  the   winner   to   concede.   Both   men   gave   a   speech:   Obama  claimed  victory  and  after  a  while  Romney  admitted  defeat.  The   process   is   simple:   once   a   candidate   gets   a   majority   of  members  from  across  the  states,  the  election  is  almost  over  in  the   public's   mind.   In   fact   the   Electoral   College   members   do  formally  meet  and  vote  for  the  president.  College  members  are  not   legally   bound   to   vote   for   the   winning   candidate   or  according   to   their   party   allegiance,   but   instances   when   they  have   not   are   rare.261   Electoral   college   votes   are   formally  counted   in   front   of   Congress   the   following   January   that   is  followed  by  the  inauguration  ceremony.  Nevertheless   the   final   results   were   clear   and   quick,   “there   is  always  the  possibility  -­‐  as  happened  in  2000  -­‐  that  at  the  end  of  Election  Day  we  may  still  not  know  who's  won.  The  result  could  either   be   too   close   to   call   without   counting   every   vote   or   else  legal   battles   over   election   procedures   may   delay   the   result   or  force  a  recount.  It  could  even  be  a  tie,  with  both  candidates  stuck                                                                                                                  261   Federal   Register:   http://www.archives.gov/federal-­‐register/electoral-­‐college/about.html  [Accessed:  09.04.2013]  

Page 247: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   247              

 

at   269,   in   which   case   the   House   of   Representatives   would   vote  choose  the  next  president.”262  As  well  as  voting  for  president,  Americans  were  also  electing  all  435   members   of   Congress's   lower   house,   the   House   of  Representatives,   and   one-­‐third   of   the   Senate.   Plus,   they  were  voting  for  a  medley  of  local  and  state  officials.  We   were   really   happy   and   glad   at   the   end   of   the   day   and  overwhelmed   and   exhausted   at   the   same   time.   We   made  history.    

                                                                                                               262  BBC  News:  http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/spl/hi/americas/04/us_election/election_process/html/rules.stm  [Accessed:  12.12.2012]  

Page 248: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

248   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 249: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   249              

 

               6.  Results  and  Reflections  

Page 250: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

250   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 251: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   251              

 

                   “You  have  to  understand  changing  American  electorate  to  understand  presidential  elections.  But  you  better  not  overlearn  the  lessons  of  passed  elections,  because  the  country  and  the  battleground  changes  so  rapidly.”  

David  Plouffe  Former  Campaign  Manager  

(2012)        

lthough   I   agree   with   David   Plouffe,   who   said   that   “it  takes  a  long  time  to  reflect  on  an  election”263,  it  is  useful  to  have  a  review  on  the  results  trying  to  find  the  whys  

to  them.  

                                                                                                               263  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  

A  

Page 252: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

252   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

As  many  analysts  say,  demographic  aspect  was  quiet  important  as   it  has  contributed   to   the  definition  of   the  outcome,  and  we  need  to  take  it  in  consideration  as  the  country  is  changing  and  it   is   changing   rapidly.  But   that   is,   I   think,   not   the   core   reason  why   the   President   won   the   election.   “But   as   the   American  people   are   taking   presidential   election   seriously,   they   are  focusing   on   the   direction   the   president   would   take   a   lead   in  economical  questions,  on  foreign  issues,  on  social  questions.  And  voters   are   always   thinking   about   the   future,   so   the   next   4  years.”264   This   is   why   it   was   important   to   make   people  understand  and  believe  that  the  President  would  be  capable  to  lead   the   country,  more   capable   than   the  his  opponent.  This   is  why  the  early  negative  campaign  so  helpful  was.  The   country   is   evenly   divided   and   historically   the   elections  were   always   incredibly   close.   Even   though   they   say   that   the  victory  in  2008  results  were  an  exception,  47%  of  the  country  was  voting  against  Obama  that  time  around  too.  In  other  words  it   was   not   a   clear   path   to   win   in   2008   neither   in   2012.  Moreover   given   the   economy,   given   the   divisions   in   the  country,   closer   elections   were   predicted.   But   that   being   said  Obama  and  his  campaign  have  still  won  their  electoral  collage,  maybe   not   with   a   landslide   but   with   a   clear   majority.   Their  popular   vote   margin   approached   3%,   which   was   a   healthy  margin.265  

                                                                                                               264  Idem.  265  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  

Page 253: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   253              

 

As  Plouffe  has  predicted   in  2008,   the  electorate  became  more  diverse,   more   moderate   and   lot   more   younger.   This   meant  many  changes  and  challenges  that  the  campaign  had  to  face  and  both   parties   had   to   work   hard   to   take   advantage   on   these  demographic   characteristics.   But   critics   say,   that   Republican  analysis   was   rather   based   on   wishful   thinking   instead   of  realistic  data,  not  like  the  Democratic  party’s  campaigning.  Predictions   moreover   showed   some   specific   groups   of   the  society   that   got   more   significant   and   decisive,   like   the  electorate   that   consists  more   of   young   people   and   the   Latino  group  that  increased  visibly.  266  Plouffe’s   philosophy   was   common   for   the   whole   Obama  campaign:   “You   have   to   understand   changing   American  electorate   to   understand   presidential   elections.   But   you   better  not  overlearn  the  lessons  of  passed  elections,  because  the  country  and   the   battleground   changes   so   rapidly.”267  This   is   why   they  collected   an   never-­‐ending   amount   of   data   and   have   updated  their   database   continuously   to   have   a   confident,   credible   and  realistic  decision-­‐making  process.  In   every   sense  we   shouldn’t   forget   the   fact,   that   elections   are  decided   only   by   a   small   percentage   of   the   electorate,   the  undecided   voters.   This   makes   elections   a   little   bit   rigid   and  more  unpredictable.  As  Plouffe  said:  “Our  research  in  Florida,  in  Virginia,   Colorado   and   New   Hampshire,   stayed   pretty   constant  because   this   election   was   very   rigid   for   a   very-­‐very   long   time.  There  were  very  few  undecided  voters  at  a  play.  Romney  dropped                                                                                                                  266  Idem.  267  Idem.  

Page 254: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

254   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

in   September,   because   they   didn’t   have   a   great   convention,  because   the   47%,   but   it   was   an   unnatural   drop.   He   gained   all  that  back  pretty  quickly  after  the  first  debate,  so  once  he  did  that  there  was   very   few   voters   at   play   in   reality.   In   states   like   Ohio  and   Colorado   there   were   3   or   4   percent   of   the   electorate   that  were  in  play  during  the  final  week.”268  And   so   after   months   of   campaigning   only   Indiana   and   North  Carolina  went   to   red   from   blue   and   swing   states   decided   the  elections.   See   tables   below   that   show  outcomes   in   states   that  were  in  the  game,  the  so-­‐called  battleground  states.      

 Picture  6.1:  Results  in  swing  states      

                                                                                                               268   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  

Page 255: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   255              

 

 Picture  6.2:  Expections  and  Real  Outcomes

Page 256: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

256   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 6.1  Demographics    Demographics  have  decided   the  elections.   It  was   fundamental  to  analyze  and  know  the  electorate  and  recognize  changes  in  its  composition   as   it   brought   new   characteristics   and   made  campaigns   and   parties   face   new   challenges.   Both,   the  Democratic  and  the  Republican  parties  have  invested  in  voter-­‐analysis   as   this   framed   their  messages.   But  which  were   these  social  groups  and  whom  did  the  two  parties  approach  them?  First  young  voters.  Young  voters  actually  exceeded  the  turn  out  of   the  four  years,   to  the  surprise  of  most  analysts.  The  Obama  campaign   emphasized   the   engagement   with   young   voters  through   college   activities   that   involved   only   university  students.   Here   the   policy   about   student   loans   of   the   Obama  administration  was   a   crucial   key   issue.  Numerous   young   staff  members  worked  in  the  campaign  that  could  connect  to  young  voters.  And  many  messages  and  ads  were  produced  specifically  for  young  voters  and  first  time  voters.  Second  the  African-­‐Americans.   In  spite  of  Obama  not  being  a  completely  new  phenomenon  as  a  black  nominee  like  in  2008,  and   the   fact   that   the   excitement   of   having   the   first   African-­‐American   president   was   4   years   ago,   the   African-­‐American  determination  was  still  visible.  269  

                                                                                                               269  David  Plouffe,  Election  Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  

Page 257: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   257              

 

Third,  women.  Women  are  an   interesting  social  group  as   this  subgroup  is  not  homogeneous,  but  profoundly  heterogenic.  The  Obama   campaign   has   invested   significantly   in   women   with  registering   them,   addressing   them   and   creating   departments  focusing  only  on  them  (such  the  Women4Obama  group   in  our  Field   Office).   Women   were   an   important   target   for   the  campaign.   For   this   reason   Scarlett   Johansson   was   asked   to  speak   at   the   Democratic   Convention   –   as   we   have   seen   it  earlier.  Even  Republicans  were  speaking  to  women  in  their  campaign,  but  not  necessarily   to  the  same  group.  As  Andrew  Coyne  said,  Republicans   were   appealing   mainly   to   married   and   white  women,   as  GOP  were   speaking  only   to   them.270  Bill   Schneider  raised   even   an   additional   aspect,   economics.   “Women   feel,  because   they   are,   economically   vulnerable   on   the   marketplace.  The   difference   between   married   and   unmarried   women   is   the  economical   safety.”   But   than   he   continues:   “The   essential  difference  between  the  two  parties   is,   that  the  Republican  Party  thinks   that   economical   growth   is   sufficient:   if   you   get   the  economy  growing  people  will  take  care  of  themselves.  Democrats  believe  economic  growing  is  necessary,  but  is  not  sufficient,  there  will   be   still   people   out   there   who’re   vulnerable,   who   are  discriminated  against  for,  disadvantaged,  and  for  them  you  have  to  protect  the  safety  net.  As  long  as  republicans  threat  the  safety  

                                                                                                               270   Andrew   Coyne,   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  

Page 258: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

258   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

net,   that   Paul   Ryan   does   directly,   they   won’t   appeal   to  women.”271  And  lastly  fifth,  the  Latino  voters.  Latino  voters  are  the  fastest  growing  demographic   group,  more  Latino   votes  were   casts   in  2012   (71,27%)   then   in  2008   (67,31%).272  Despite   the  growth  of   their   participation,   Dems   did   better   as   they   even   won   the  Cuban  vote  for  the  first  time  in  history  in  Florida.  But  Hispanic  voters   are   “willing   to   give   their   votes   to   the   Republican   party  they  just  have  to  figure  out  the  path  forward”.273    “Who  is  left?”  answers  the  question  Bill  Schneider:  “Older  white  men.”  “GOP  is  the  party  of  white  old  man  and  nevertheless  Obama  lost  many  votes  on  this  group,  he  managed  to  put  together  a  coalition  including  a  lot  of  women,  especially  unmarried  working  women,  young  people,  racial  minorities,  foreign-­‐born  citizens.  They  came  out   to   protect   their   victory   of   2008.”   274   The   democrats   were  targeting   so   many   social   groups   –   Hispanic,   Latinos,   married  women,   feminist   women   etc.   –   that   republicans   didn’t   have  enough   space   and   social   groups   to   convince   to   win   the  presidential   election.   According   to   Steven   Schmidt,   GOP  campaign  manager  “how  do  we  reassemble  a  coalition  of  voters  in  a  changing  country  to  get  a  majority  of  the  vote  –  and  this  is  

                                                                                                               271  Bill  Schneider,  Idem.  272   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]    273  Idem.  274  Idem.    

Page 259: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   259              

 

what   David   and   the   Obama   campaign   has   understood   so  brilliantly”.  275  “This   was   a   victory   of   a   so   called   NEW   AMERICA,   because   the  demographics  of  the  United  States  are  changing.”276      6.2  Why  did  Republicans  not  win?    As   Steve   Schmidt,   the   GOP   campaign   manager   once   said,   the  “GOP  has  a  demographic  problem.  Has  a  message  problem.  Has  a  policy  problem.  And  in  the  execution  of  the  campaign  it  has  a  technology  problem.”277  Even  if  we  are  not  so  strict  to  the  GOP,  we   might   try   to   discover   like   many   other   analysts,   why   the  Republican  Party  has  lost  this  election.  First  of  all  it  is  important  to  stick  to  the  disadvantage  they  had  due   to   their   primaries   and   the   relatively   late   start   in  campaigning.  They  were  late  in  many  senses.  First   they   started   late   to   build   out   their   technological  background.   We   could   see   how   important   technology   and  database   systems  were   in   the   Obama   campaign.   But  we   have  seen  it  too,  that  it  took  more  than  a  year  to  set  it  up,  in  addition  

                                                                                                               275   Steven   Schmidt,   Election   Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  276   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  277   David   Plouffe,   Election   Aftermath,  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)  

Page 260: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

260   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

to  their  know  how  brought  from  2008.  The  Romney  campaign  on   the   other   hand   just   started   to   set   the   system   up   once   the  campaign   has   started.   “The   Obama   campaign   in   2012   was   10  light-­‐years  ahead  from  a  technology  perspective  in  being  able  to  identify  voters,  target  voters,  turn  out  voters.”278  Second  they  were  late  in  building  up  an  image.  The  GOP  has  left  the   Obama   campaign   to   define   their   position   and   didn’t   let  them  a  chance  to  design  their  own  image.  “The  GOP  should  have  shown   a   reasonable   image   and   an   appealing   face   instead   of  listing   “yahoos”   –  moderate   is   not   so  much   about   your   policies  but   its  more   the   future   temperamenting   your   tone.   Even   if   you  put   through  radical  policies  but  you  have   to   seem  a   reasonable  and  thoughtful  person.”279  Given  the  shadow  of  the  negative  ads  broadcasted   by   the   OFA   campaign   at   the   beginning,   Romney  couldn’t  manage  to  brake  out  his  cage.  Moreover   as   analysts   say   that   Romney   had   difficulties   with  finding  he  consensus  with  the  Republican  Party,  to  represent  a  moderate  point  of  view  without   losing   the   further  right  votes.  Just  as  Professor  Clifford  Orwen  said:  “The  thing  is  that  Romney  was   a   moderate   only   by   republican   standards,   but   he   had   to  move  for  the  further  right  to  get  the  republican  nomination.  And  so   the  democrats  have  defined  him  as  a   candidate   from   the   far  right  and  he  could  never  escape  from  the  imputation.”280  

                                                                                                               278  Steven  Schmidt,  Idem.  279   Bill   Schneider,   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]    280  Clifford  Orwen,  Idem.  

Page 261: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   261              

 

The   party   did   not   identify   well   what   their   electors   needed  and/or   did   not   manage   to   communicate   out   clearly,   partially  because  the  Democratic  opposition,  partially  because  of  the  late  start   and   partially   because   of   weak   candidates.     As   Andrew  Coyne,  Columnist  in  Post  Media  News  once  said:  “Obama  didn’t  run   in   his   platform   but   ran   against   republicans.   Mapped   the  differences   between   republicans   and   democrats   and   called   his  folks  to  come  out.”281    And   so   in   the  meantime   it  was   true   “It  was   not   that  much   an  Obama   victory   but   a   republican   loss.”   282   First,   because  “Republicans  have  lost  senator  seats  in  a  lot  of  places  where  they  really  should  have  won  and  that  indicates  a  real  basic  weakness  in   the   Republican   party.”   Second   because   “It   was   a   loss   of   an  election  they  should  have  won  on  a  presidential  level.  And  on  the  state   level  of   the   senate   races   in  Missouri  and   Indiana   they   lost  because  of  extremely  weak  candidates.”283  Last   but   not   least   referring   to   the   demographic   aspect   of   the  elections,  as  we  have  seen  earlier  “GOP’s  base  is  democratic  and  it  is  not  as  if  the  republican  party  is  wildly  divergent  from  its  base  in  the  opinions  and  policies  that  promotes,  is  that  the  base  seems  to   be   an   insufficient   basis   for   forming   a   winning   presidential  electoral  coalition.”284      

                                                                                                               281   Andrew   Coyne,   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]    282   Andrew   Coyne,   2012   US   election   reaction:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=F66S33fpDd8  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  283  Clifford  Orwen,  Idem.    284  Idem.  

Page 262: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

262   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 6.3  Reflections  

 According  to  David  Plouffe:  “Our  campaign  has  changed  from  08  to  12  in  so  many  fundamental  ways”  and  yes  it  did.  The  Obama  campaign   in  2012  has  again  opened  new  ways  to  21st  century  campaigning.   They   not   only   increased   proficiency   and  punctuality  in  voter  identification  and  targeting,  they  managed  to   increase   voter   connection   and   reach   out.   Based   on   their  digital  background  campaign  management  had  a  confident  and  reality-­‐based  decision-­‐making  process  knowing  promptly  their  battleground.   Volunteering   was   well-­‐organized   and   well-­‐coordinated,   multilevel   and   contained   numerous   activities.   It  made   possible   thousands   of   voters   to   contribute   to   the  campaign  with  engaging  with  multiple  other  voters  persuading  undecided  electorate.  The  campaign  could  focus  their  efforts  in  turfs   that   required   support.   Personal   connection   not   only  increased  Obama  supporting  electorate,  but  voting  willingness,  volunteering  and  donating.  

Even  though  they  managed  to  design  coherent  image,  they  addressed   to   each   social   subgroup   a   personalized   and  individualized   message   that   was   complementary   to   the   big  picture.  

The  Obama  campaign  was  well  planned  and  well-­‐executed  that   fitted  perfectly   in   that   specific   historical   background   and  added   a   new   milestone   to   the   political   history   of   the   United  States  of  America.  

Page 263: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   263              

 

 

 

Bibliography  

Page 264: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

264   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Page 265: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   265              

 

Offline  Sources    Benoit  William  L.,  Communication  in  Political  Campaigns.  New  York:  Peter  Lang,  [2007]    Burton,  Michael  John  &  Shea,  Daniel  M.:  Campiagn  Craft;  Praeger  Inc.,  Santa  Barbara,  California,  USA  [2010]    Brader,  Ted.  Campaigning  for  Hearts  and  Minds  :  How  Emotional  Appeals  in  Political  Ads  Work.  Chicago:  University  of  Chicago  Press  [2006]    Cass  R.  Sunstein,  On  Rumors:  How  Falsehoods  Spread,  Why  We  Belive  Them,  What  Can  Be  Done    Cicero,  Quintus  Tullius:  How  to  win  an  election.  Translated  and  with  an  introduction  by  Philip  Freeman;  Princeton  University  Press,  Princeton,  New  Jersey,  USA  [2012]    Craig  Stephen  C.,  ed.  The  Electoral  Challenge:  Theory  Meets  Practice.  Washington,  D.C.:  CQ  Press  [2006]    Crawford,  Craig:  Attack  the  Messenger;  Rowman  &  Little  Publisher,  INC.,  Maryland,  USA  [2006]    Crotty,  William  J.,  ed.  Winning  the  Presidency  2008.  Boulder,  CO:  Paradigm  Publishers,  [2009]    Green,  Donald  P.  and  Alan  S.  Gerber.  Get  Out  the  Vote!  How  to  Increase  Vote  Turnout.  Second  edition.  Washington,  D.C.:  Brookings  Institution  Press,  [2008]  

Page 266: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

266   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Greenberg,  Stanley  B.  Dispatches  from  the  War  Room:  In  the  Trenches  with  Five  Extraordinary  Leaders.  New  York:  St.  Martin’s  Press,  [2009]    DVD:  By  the  people  –  The  election  of  Barack  Obama;  HBO  Documentary  films,  Culver  City,  California,  USA  [2009]    Johnson,  Dennis  W.:  Campiagning  in  the  Twenty-­‐first  Century;  Routledge  [2011]    Jose  Antonio  Vargas:  “Something  Just  Clicked”  Washington  Post  [June  10,  2008]    Legacy  Report  2012  http://secure.assets.bostatic.com/frontend/projects/legacy/legacy-­‐report.pdf    [2012]    Luntz,  Dr.  Frank:  Words  that  Work;  Hyperion,  New  York,  USA  [2007]    Lees-­‐  Marshment,  Jennifer.  Political  Marketing:  Principles  and  Applications.  London:  Routledge,  [2009]    Panagopoulos,  Costas,  ed.  Politicking  Online:  The  Transformation  of  Election  Campaign  Communications.  New  Brunswick,  NJ:  Rutgers  University  Press,  [2009]    Popkin,  L.  Samulen:  The  Candidate.  What  it  takes  to  win  –and  hold-­‐  the  White  House;  Oxford  University  Press,  New  York  [2012]  (Hungary)  

Page 267: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   267              

 

 Plouffe,  The  Audacity  to  Win  [2009]    Sabato,  Larry  J.,  ed.  The  Year  of  Obama:  How  Barack  Obama  Won  the  White  House.  New  York?  Longman,  [2009]    Shrum  Robert.  No  Excuses:  Concessions  of  a  Serial  Campaigner.  New  York:  Simon  and  Schuster,  [2007]    Stonecash,  Jeffrey  M.  Political  Pollings:  Strategic  Information  in  Campaigns.  Lanham,  MD:  Rowman,  Littlefield,  [2008]    Westen,  Drew:  The  Political  Brain;  Public  Affairs,  New  York,  USA  [2008]        

Online  Sources    BBC  News    BBC  online,  Barack  Obama  adds  Florida  to  White  House  victory,  [November  10,  2012]  http://www.bbc.co.uk/news/world-­‐us-­‐canada-­‐20282797  (Accessed:  July  6,  2013)    BBC  NEWs,  How  the  elections  works:  http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/spl/hi/americas/04/us_election/election_process/html/rules.stm  [Accessed:  22.11.2012]    BBC  NEWs  

Page 268: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

268   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/shared/spl/hi/americas/04/us_election/election_process/html/rules.stm  [Accessed:  24.11.2012]    CNN  News    Analysis:  Obama  won  with  a  better  ground  game,  CNN  online  –  Elections  Center  .  [  November  7,  2012]  http://edition.cnn.com/2012/11/07/politics/analysis-­‐why-­‐obama-­‐won/index.html  (Accessed:  January  4,  2013)    Candidates,  CNN  Politics  –  Elections  Center  http://edition.cnn.com/election/2012/candidates.html    Celebrity  Endorsements,  CNN  Politics  –  Elections  Center    http://www.cnn.com/interactive/2012/05/politics/celebrity.endorsements/index.html    CNN  Electoral  Map,  CNN  Politics  –  Elections  Center,  http://edition.cnn.com/election/2012/ecalculator#?battleground    Election  2012:  Results  ,  CNN  online.  [November  -­‐  December,  2012]  http://edition.cnn.com/election/2012/results/main  (Accessed:  September  16,  2013)    Obama's  path  to  victory,  CNN  online.  [November  7,  2012]  http://www.cnn.com/video/data/2.0/video/bestoftv/2012/11/07/exp-­‐pathway-­‐to-­‐victory.cnn.html  (Accessed:  September  16,  2013)    

Page 269: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   269              

 

Obama  fundraiser  at  George  Clooney's  home  nets  $15  million,  CNN  Politics  online  [  May  11,  2012]  http://www.cnn.com/2012/05/11/politics/california-­‐obama-­‐fundraiser/  (Accessed:  January  12,  2013)    The  CNN:  California  as  Obama  Fundraiser.  http://www.cnn.com/2012/05/11/politics/california-­‐obama-­‐fundraiser/  [Accessed:  09.10.2013]    Third  Presidential  Debate,  CNN  Politics  –  Elections  Center  [October  22,  2012]  http://edition.cnn.com/election/2012/debates/third-­‐presidential-­‐debate  (Accessed:  April  4,  2013)    CNN:  Election  2012  Calculator:  http://edition.cnn.com/ELECTION/2012/ecalculator#?battleground  [Accessed:  22.11.2012]    CNN  News:  http://www.cnn.com/video/?/video/showbiz/2012/11/07/the-­‐buzz-­‐today.hln&iref=videosearch&video_referrer=http%3A%2F%2Fwww.cnn.com%2Fsearch%2F%3Fquery%3Dobama%25202012%2520victory%26primaryType%3Dvideo%26sortBy%3Ddate%26intl%3Dfalse  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]    Huffington    Huffington  Politics:  http://elections.huffingtonpost.com/2012/results    

Page 270: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

270   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Huffington  Post,  Pace,  Julie:  Obama  2012:  President  Wins  The  Way  His  Campaign  Predicted  [August  11,  2012]  http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2012/11/08/obama-­‐2012-­‐campaign_n_2092452.html  (Accessed:  March  1,  2013)    The  Huffington  Post:  Anna  Wintour.  http://www.huffingtonpost.com/news/anna-­‐wintour-­‐obama-­‐fundraiser/  [Accessed:  11.11.2013]    Info  Please    InfoPlease.com,  Barack  Obama:  Campaign  Issues  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2012-­‐obama-­‐issues.html  (Accessed:  October  20,  2013)    Issues  of  the  Obama  campaign:  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2012-­‐obama-­‐issues.html  [Accessed:  20.11.2012]    Information  Please:  http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2008-­‐barack-­‐obama.html  [Accessed:  11.10.2012]   Information Please: http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-campaign-2012-obama-issues.html [Accessed:15.10.2012]  Information  Please:  http://www.infoplease.com/ipa/A0930136.html  [Accessed:  03.08.2013    InfoPlease.com  Barack  Hussein  Obama,  Jr.  

Page 271: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   271              

 

http://www.infoplease.com/us/government/presidential-­‐campaign-­‐2008-­‐barack-­‐obama.html  (Accessed:  April  13,  2013)      New  York  Times    Back  to  Work:  Obama  Greeted  by  Looming  Fiscal  Crisis,  The  New  York  Times.  [November  8,  2012]  http://image2.magazine3k.com/data_images/2012/11/08/1352371124.jpeg  (Accessed:  December  12,  2012)    How  Obama  Won  Re-­‐election,  The  New  York  Times  online.  [November  7,  2012]  http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2012/11/07/us/politics/obamas-­‐diverse-­‐base-­‐of-­‐support.html?_r=0  (Accessed:  November  11,  2012)    Lizza,  Ryan:  Obama’s  swing  Voters,  The  New  Yorker  online  [February  6,  2012]:  http://www.newyorker.com/online/blogs/newsdesk/2012/02/obamas-­‐swing-­‐voters.html  (Accessed:  March  9,  2013)    Presidential  Elections’  Results  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/results/mobile/president  (Accessed:  December  2,  2012)    President  Exit  Polls,  The  New  York  Times  online.  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/results/president/exit-­‐polls    President  Map,  The  New  York  Times  online.  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/results/president  

Page 272: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

272   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 NY  Times:  Electoral  Map;  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/ratings/electoral-­‐map  [Accessed:  28.03.2013]    Silver,  Nate:    Swing  Voters  and  Elastic  States,  FiveThityEight  Blog  ,  The  New  York  Times  online.  [May  21,  2012]  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/05/21/swing-­‐voters-­‐and-­‐elastic-­‐states/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=1  (Accessed:  Mai  23,  2012)    The  2012  Money  Race:  Compare  the  Candidates,  The  New  York  Times  online  http://elections.nytimes.com/2012/campaign-­‐finance  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)    The  New  York  Times:  Paths  to  the  White  House,  http://www.nytimes.com/interactive/2012/11/02/us/politics/paths-­‐to-­‐the-­‐white-­‐house.html?_r=1&  [Accessed:  22.07.2013]    Politico    Politico:  http://www.politico.com/2012-­‐election/    Plenty  of  Pitballs  for  Obama  and  Romney:  http://www.politico.com/story/2012/12/politico-­‐ebook-­‐plenty-­‐of-­‐2012-­‐pitfalls-­‐for-­‐obama-­‐and-­‐romney-­‐85152.html    Barack  Obama,  Mitt  Romney  both  topped  $1  billion  in  2012,  Politico  [  July  7,  2013]  

Page 273: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   273              

 

http://www.politico.com/story/2012/12/barack-­‐obama-­‐mitt-­‐romney-­‐both-­‐topped-­‐1-­‐billion-­‐in-­‐2012-­‐84737.html  (Accessed:  September  2,  2013)    Real  Clear  Politics:  Romney  vs  Obama  -­‐  California:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ca/california_romney_vs_obama-­‐2009.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]    

Real  Clear  Politics  –  New  York:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ny/new_york_romney_vs_obama-­‐2868.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]    Real  Clear  Politics  –  Arkansas:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/ar/arkansas_romney_vs_obama-­‐2918.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]    Real  Clear  Politics  –  Texas:  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/tx/texas_romney_vs_obama-­‐1945.html  [Accessed:  14.04.2013]    BarackObamadotCom  –  Youtube    Carson,  Jon,  Executive  Director  of  Organizing  for  Action,  outlines  next  steps  for  the  grassroots  organization,   BarackObamadotcom  -­‐  YouTube  [January  19,  2013]  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_mvu35FrFg&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D4_mvu35FrFg&app=desktop  (Accessed:  July  14,  2013)    Forward,   BarackObamadotcom  -­‐  YouTube  [April  30,  2012]  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=1WbQe-­‐wVK9E&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D1WbQe-­‐wVK9E&app=desktop  (Accessed:  February  17,  2013)    

Page 274: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

274   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Pledge  Project  Canvass  Training  Video,   BarackObamadotcom  -­‐  YouTube  [  March  11,  2009]  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4NKllI3AfM&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3Db4NKllI3AfM&app=desktop  (Accessed:  May  26,  2013)    The  Road  We've  Traveled,   BarackObamadotcom  -­‐  YouTube  [March  15,  2013]  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2POembdArVo&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3D2POembdArVo&app=desktop  (Accessed:  April  9,  2012)      ObamaBiden    Inside  the  Cave:  An  In-­‐Depth  Look  at  the  Digital,  Technology,  and  Analytics  Operations,  Obama  for  America  (ObamaBiden)    http://enga.ge/download/Inside%20the%20Cave.pdf  (Accessed:  March  4,  2013)    2012  Obama  Campaign  Legacy  Report,  Obama  for  America  (ObamaBiden)  http://secure.assets.bostatic.com/frontend/projects/legacy/legacy-­‐report.pdf  (Accessed:  December  28,  2013)    Key  People-­‐President  Barack  Obama,  Obama  for  America  http://www.p2012.org/candidates/obamaorg.html    Youtube  

 

Page 275: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   275              

 

Daily  Download:  Obama's  2012  Digital  Campaign  Strategy:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Q0POqVcGZRU  [Accessed:  07.08.2013]    David  Plouffe  and  Steve  Schmidt,  Election  Aftermath,   UnivDelaware  -­‐  YouTube  [  November  19,  2012]http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BV9BkdfZiPY&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DBV9BkdfZiPY&app=desktop  (Accessed:  October  9,  2013)    Election  2012:  Aftermath  and  Aftershocks,   FRCAction  -­‐  YouTube  [  November  8,  2012]  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Rxz8f6yk-­‐Q8&desktop_uri=%2Fwatch%3Fv%3DRxz8f6yk-­‐Q8&app=desktop  (Accessed:  February  13,  2013)    Jeremy  Bird,  Deputy  national  field  director,  Pledge  Project  Canvass  Training  Video:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=b4NKllI3AfM  [Accessed:  17.08.2013]    Jim   Messina,   Obama   2012   Strategy   Briefing:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k   [Accessed:  25.05.2013]   Jim Messina: Paths to 270 Electoral Votes: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_7Y-Q9ZY5Ao [Accessed: 10.11.2012] Jim Messina: April Fundraising and Path to 270: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=lTKPNaEgTXo [Accessed: 10.08.2013]

Page 276: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

276   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Jim Messina: Obama 2012 Strategy: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PH0fiMGvW2k [Accessed: 12.03.2013] Jon Carson, Executive Director OFA, Outlines Next Steps: http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4_mvu35FrFg [Accessed: 04.08.2013] Teddy  Goff,  Digital  Director,  Presentation:  http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jwWHOMJlYkI  [Accessed:  17.10.2013]            The  Wall  Street  Journal  online    The  Wall  Street  Journal  online,  National,  Romney  vs.  Obama  [Last  updated:  November  8,  2012]  http://projects.wsj.com/campaign2012/mobile/polls#cand=Romney&race=5&region=US&src=rcpo  (Accessed:  June  29,  2013)    The  Wall  Street  Journal  online,  Rappaport,  Liz  and  Mullins,  Brody:  Goldman  Turns  Tables  on  Obama  Campaign  [October  10,  2012]  http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10000872396390444752504578024661927487192  (Accessed:  January  23,  2013)    The  Washington  Post    Jose  Antonio  Vargas,  “Something  Just  Ckicked,”  Washington  Post:  http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-­‐dyn/content/article/2008/06/09/AR2008060902826.html  [Accessed:11.09.2013]  

Page 277: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   277              

 

 The  Washington  Post  online,  Balz,  Dan:  How  the  Obama  campaign  won  the  race  for  voter  data.  [July  28,  2013]  http://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/how-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐won-­‐the-­‐race-­‐for-­‐voter-­‐data/2013/07/28/ad32c7b4-­‐ee4e-­‐11e2-­‐a1f9-­‐ea873b7e0424_story.html  (Accessed:  August  23,  2013)    The  Washington  Post  online.  Eggen,Dan:  Obama  fundraising  powered  by  small  donors,  new  study  shows.  [  February  8,  2012]:  http://www.washingtonpost.com/politics/obama-­‐fundraising-­‐powered-­‐by-­‐small-­‐donors-­‐new-­‐study-­‐shows/2012/02/08/gIQANfKIzQ_story.html  (Accessed:  January  12,  2013)    The  Washington  Post  online,  Exit  polls  2012:  How  the  vote  has  shifted.  http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-­‐srv/special/politics/2012-­‐exit-­‐polls/table.html    Time,  Swampland    Time  Swampland,  Scherer,  Michael:  Exclusive:  Obama’s  2012  Digital  Fundraising  Outperformed  2008  .  [November  15,  2012]  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/15/exclusive-­‐obamas-­‐2012-­‐digital-­‐fundraising-­‐outperformed-­‐2008/  (Accessed:  October  11,  2013)    

Page 278: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

278   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Time  Swampland,    Scherer,  Michael:  The  2012  Money  Race:  Romney  Relies  on  Big  Donors,  While  Obama  Taps  the  Grassroots  Time  Swampland.  [July  26,  2012]  http://swampland.time.com/2012/07/26/the-­‐2012-­‐money-­‐race-­‐romney-­‐relies-­‐on-­‐big-­‐donors-­‐while-­‐obama-­‐taps-­‐the-­‐grass-­‐roots/  (Accessed:  December  3,  2012)    Time  Swampland,  Scherer,  Michael:  Inside  the  Secret  World  of  the  Data  Crunchers  Who  Helped  Obama  Win,  Time  Swampland.  [July  26,  2012]  http://swampland.time.com/2012/11/07/inside-­‐the-­‐secret-­‐world-­‐of-­‐quants-­‐and-­‐data-­‐crunchers-­‐who-­‐helped-­‐obama-­‐win/  (Accessed:  April  7,  2013)    TIME:  Obama’s  Swing  State  Success  Explained:  http://swampland.time.com/2012/10/03/obamas-­‐swing-­‐state-­‐success-­‐explained/  [Accessed:  11.05.2013]          Wikipedia    Barack  Obama  presidential  campaign,  2012,  Wikipedia    http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Barack_Obama_presidential_campaign,_2012  (Accessed:  January  17,  2013)    Political  action  committee,  Wikipedia  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Political_action_committee    Republican  Party  presidential  primaries,  2012,  Wikipedia  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Republican_Party_presidential_primaries,_2012  

Page 279: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   279              

 

 Steve  Schmidt,  Wikipedia  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Steve_Schmidt    United  States  presidential  election  debates,  2012,  Wikipedia  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/United_States_presidential_election_debates,_2012    Wikipedia,  Portsmouth:  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Portsmouth,_New_Hampshire  [Accessed:  26.08.2012]   Wikipedia:  Swing  states,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state  [Accessed:  23.03.2013]    

Wikipedia:  Swing  State,  http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Swing_state#cite_note-­‐3  [Accessed:  12.02.2013]        

Other  Relevant  Pages  ABC  News  online,  Howard,  Theresa:  Obama  Campaign  Takes  Top  Ad  Prizes  http://abcnews.go.com/Business/Politics/story?id=7947528  (Accessed:  July  25,  2013)    About  Kyle  Rush,  KR-­‐kylerush.net  http://kylerush.net/about-­‐kyle-­‐rush    Afriprov.org,  Rev.  Joseph  G.  Healey,  M.M.:  Campaign  Slogans  of  Barack  Obama  in  the  US  

Page 280: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

280   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

http://www.afriprov.org/index.php/news-­‐archive/443-­‐campaign-­‐slogans-­‐of-­‐barrack-­‐obama-­‐in-­‐the-­‐us.html  (Accessed:  November  8,  2013)    Barry,  Frank:  Social  Media  Fundraising,  Obama  and  the  2012  Presidential  Election,  npENGAGE  [October  3,  2012]  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/social-­‐media-­‐fundraising-­‐2012-­‐presidential-­‐election/  (Accessed:  April  27,  2013)    Bloomberg  Business  week  ,Green,  Joshua:  The  Science  Behind  Those  Obama  Campaign  E-­‐Mails[November  29,  2012]  http://www.businessweek.com/articles/2012-­‐11-­‐29/the-­‐science-­‐behind-­‐those-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐e-­‐mails  (Accessed:  April  12,  2013)    Blue  State  Digital’s  homepage:  http://www.bluestatedigital.com  [Accessed:  12.05.2013]    Cable,  Dustin:  Who  is  winning  the  money  game?  Understanding  campaign  finance  statistics.  http://statchatva.org/2012/08/29/whos-­‐winning-­‐the-­‐money-­‐game-­‐understanding-­‐campaign-­‐finance-­‐statistics/  [Accessed:  01.10.2013]    Campaign  Tracker:  http://www.2012campaigntracker.com    CBS  News:  Condon,  Stephanie:  Obama’s  2012  campaign  pitch:  “Forward”  [April  30,  2012]  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/obamas-­‐2012-­‐campaign-­‐pitch-­‐forward/  (Accessed:  February  1,  2013)    

Page 281: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   281              

 

CBS  NEWS:  Obama’s  2012  Campaign  Pitch  Forward,  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/obamas-­‐2012-­‐campaign-­‐pitch-­‐forward/  [Accessed:  12.03.2013]    

CBS  News:  Obama’s  2012  Pitch  Forward:  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/obamas-­‐2012-­‐campaign-­‐pitch-­‐forward/  [Accessed:  17.05.2013]    CDS  News  online,  Gay  marriage  shift  gives  Obama  fundraising  boost,  [May  11,  2012]  http://www.cbsnews.com/news/gay-­‐marriage-­‐shift-­‐gives-­‐obama-­‐fundraising-­‐boost/  (Accessed:  April  27,  2013)    Daily  News  online,  Election  2012:  Obama  re-­‐elected  to  second  term  [November  6-­‐7,  2012]  http://www.nydailynews.com/news/politics/election-­‐2012-­‐america-­‐decides-­‐long-­‐campaign-­‐article-­‐1.1197585  (Accessed:  December  3,  2013)    Derrick  Harris:  Data  doesn’t  play  politics  —  and  most  of  it  suggests  Obama  will  win,  Gigaom  [  November  5,  2012]  http://gigaom.com/2012/11/05/data-­‐doesnt-­‐play-­‐politics-­‐and-­‐most-­‐of-­‐it-­‐suggests-­‐obama-­‐will-­‐win/  (Accessed:  April  8,  2013)    Ed  Grabianowski:  How  the  Swing  States  Work,  How  Stuff  Works  http://people.howstuffworks.com/swing-­‐state1.htm    Federal  Election  Commission,  Campaign  Finance  Disclosure  Portal.  http://www.fec.gov/pindex.shtml    

Page 282: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

282   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Federal  Election  Commission,  Campaign  Finance  Disclosure  Portal:  http://www.fec.gov/pindex.shtml      FEDERAL  ELECTION  CAMPAIGN  LAWS,  THE  FEDERAL  ELECTION  COMMISSION  [April,  2008]  http://www.fec.gov/law/feca/feca.pdf  (Accessed:  October  21,  2013)    Fivethirtyeight  blog:  As  Nation  and  Parties  change,  Republicans  are  at  an  Elecotral  College  Disadvantage  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/08/as-­‐nation-­‐and-­‐parties-­‐change-­‐republicans-­‐are-­‐at-­‐an-­‐electoral-­‐college-­‐disadvantage/  [Accessed:  06.04.2013]    Fivethiryeight  Blog:  The  2012  Election  in  a  relative  sense:  http://fivethirtyeight.blogs.nytimes.com/2012/11/19/the-­‐2012-­‐election-­‐in-­‐a-­‐relative-­‐sense/?_php=true&_type=blogs&_r=0  [Accessed:  10.04.2014]    Fleishman,  Craig:  Obama  Campaign  Strategy  How  We  Win  [January  15,  2013]  http://www.huffingtonpost.com/tag/obama-­‐campaign-­‐strategy  (Accessed:  October  17,  2013)    Frank  Barry:  The  Power  of  Social  Fundraising  and  Friends  Asking  Friends  [INFOGRAPHIC],    [May  17,  2012]:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/the-­‐power-­‐social-­‐fundraising-­‐and-­‐friends-­‐asking-­‐friends-­‐infographic/  (Accessed:  August  9,  2013)    Gallup  Group:  Conservatives  remain  largest  ideological  group:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/152021/Conservatives-­‐Remain-­‐Largest-­‐Ideological-­‐Group.aspx  [Accessed:  13.09.2013]  

Page 283: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   283              

 

 Gallup  Group:  Record  High  Americans  Identify  Independents:  http://www.gallup.com/poll/151943/Record-­‐High-­‐Americans-­‐Identify-­‐Independents.aspx  [Accessed:  17.09.2013]   Hacker  News,  Every  100ms  of  latency  costs  Amazon  1%  of  profit  https://news.ycombinator.com/item?id=273900    Harper  Reed’s  Blog:  http://www.motherjones.com/politics/2012/10/harper-­‐reed-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐microtargeting  [Accessed:  12.12.2013]    Historical  Presidential  Election  Information  by  State,  270  to  WIN  http://www.270towin.com/states/    History  of  Twitter:  http://profilerehab.com/twitter-­‐help/history_of_twitter  [Accessed:  29.07.2012]    Kyle  Rush,  Expert  in  Optimization:  http://kylerush.net/blog/meet-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaigns-­‐250-­‐million-­‐fundraising-­‐platform/  [Accessed:  18.03.2013]    Kwek,  Glenda:  The  man  behind  The  Man:  how  a  strategist  called  Jim  got  Barack  Obama  back  into  the  White  House,  The  Sydney  Morning  Herald  [November  8,  2012]  http://www.smh.com.au/world/us-­‐election/the-­‐man-­‐behind-­‐the-­‐man-­‐how-­‐a-­‐strategist-­‐called-­‐jim-­‐got-­‐barack-­‐obama-­‐back-­‐into-­‐the-­‐white-­‐house-­‐20121108-­‐2906c.html  (Accessed:  June  19,  2013)      Lights  on  Making  Ideas  Happen,  Scott  Thomas:  http://99u.com/videos/5821/scott-­‐thomas-­‐designing-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaign  [Accessed:  17.08.2013]  

Page 284: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

284   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 Lopez,  Hugo  Mark  &  Taylor,  Paul:  Latino  Voters  in  the  2012  Election,  Pew  Research  Hispanic  Trends  Project  [November  7,  2012]  http://www.pewhispanic.org/2012/11/07/latino-­‐voters-­‐in-­‐the-­‐2012-­‐election/  (Accessed:  June  19,  2013)    Los  Angeles  Times  online,  Mason,  Melanie  and  Tanfani,  Joseph:  Obama,  Romney  break  fundraising  records[  December  7,  2012]:  http://articles.latimes.com/2012/dec/07/nation/la-­‐na-­‐campaign-­‐money-­‐20121207  (Accessed:  February  18,  2013)    Mother  Jones,  Murphy,  Tim:  Inside  the  Obama  Campaign's  Hard  Drive[  September-­‐October,  2012]  http://www.motherjones.com/politics/2012/10/harper-­‐reed-­‐obama-­‐campaign-­‐microtargeting  (Accessed:  August  29,  2013)      NARA-­‐   US   National   Archives   and   Records   Administration,   Who  selects  the  Electors?  http://www.archives.gov/federal-­‐register/electoral-­‐college/electors.html#selection    [Accessed:  12.01.2013]    NARA-­‐  US  National  Archives  and  Records  Administration:  http://www.archives.gov/federal-­‐register/electoral-­‐college/about.html  [Accessed:  25.01.2013]    New  Republic,  Galston,  William:  The  Biggest  Challenge  Facing  Both  Romney  and  Obama[January  19,  2012]:  http://www.newrepublic.com/article/politics/99764/2012-­‐election-­‐data-­‐analysis-­‐polarized-­‐partisanship  (Accessed:  April  18,  2013)    

Page 285: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   285              

 

Obama’s  White  Whale:  http://www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/victory_lab/2012/02/project_narwhal_how_a_top_secret_obama_campaign_program_could_change_the_2012_race_.2.html  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]    Open  Secrets  Top  Contributors–  Center  of  Responsive  Politics  https://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/contrib.php?id=N00009638  (Accessed:  November  23,  2013)    Open  Secrets,  2012  Presidential  Race,–  Center  of  Responsive  Politics  http://www.opensecrets.org/pres12/index.php    MDG  Blog,  Political  Fundraising  in  the  Social  Media  Era  [Infographic],    http://www.mdgadvertising.com/blog/political-­‐fundraising-­‐in-­‐the-­‐social-­‐media-­‐era-­‐infographic/    New  York  Post  online,  Geoff  Earle:  Obama  campaign  tell-­‐all  reveals  major  tensions.  [September  13,  2013]  http://nypost.com/2013/09/13/obama-­‐campaign-­‐tell-­‐all-­‐book-­‐reveals-­‐major-­‐tension/  (Accessed:  November  13,  2013)    Percent  of  Contributions  Coded:  https://www.opensecrets.org/pres08/include/percentcoded_pop.php  [Accessed:12.05.2013]    Pethő  András:  Az  ellenfél  epusztítása  része  a  munkának,  Origo  online  [  September  29,  2013]  

Page 286: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

286   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

http://www.origo.hu/nagyvilag/20130929-­‐az-­‐amerikai-­‐elnokvalasztasi-­‐kampany-­‐titkai.html  (Accessed:  November  24,  2013)    People-­‐Press:  www.people-­‐press.org,  DETAILED  PARTY  IDENTIFICATION  TABLES,    http://www.people-­‐press.org/files/legacy-­‐detailed_tables/Detailed%20tables%20for%20Party%20ID.pdf   People  and  Press:  A  Closer  Look  at  the  Parties  in  2012:  http://www.people-­‐press.org/2012/08/23/a-­‐closer-­‐look-­‐at-­‐the-­‐parties-­‐in-­‐2012/  [Accessed:  12.06.2013]  Progressive  Policy  Institute,  Marshall,  Will:  Obstacle  Course:  Obama  and  the  2012  Electoral  Landscape.  [February,  2012]:  http://progressivepolicy.org/wp-­‐content/uploads/2012/02/2.2012-­‐Marshall_Obstacle-­‐Course_Obama-­‐and-­‐the-­‐2012-­‐Electoral-­‐Landscape.pdf  (Accessed:  March  9,  2013)  Pro  Publica,  Al  Shaw:  Who  are  the  Super  PACs’  Biggest  Donors?[  December  7,  2012]  http://projects.propublica.org/pactrack/contributions/tree  (Accessed:  October  18,  2013)      Real  Clear  Politics,  General  Election:  Romney  vs.  Obama  http://www.realclearpolitics.com/epolls/2012/president/us/general_election_romney_vs_obama-­‐1171.html  (Accessed:  December  12,  2013)    Silver,  Nate:  By  The  Numbers,  Forbes  online  [June  11,  2012]  http://www.forbes.com/sites/jeffbercovici/2012/11/06/nate-­‐silver-­‐by-­‐the-­‐numbers/  (Accessed:  March  6,  2013)    

Page 287: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   287              

 

SLATE:  Project  Dreamcatcher,  http://www.slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/victory_lab/2012/01/project_dreamcatcher_how_cutting_edge_text_analytics_can_help_the_obama_campaign_determine_voters_hopes_and_fears_.html  [Accessed:  11.11.2013]    Social  Media  Fundraising,  Obama  and  the  2012  Presidential  Elections:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/social-­‐media-­‐fundraising-­‐2012-­‐presidential-­‐election/#sthash.R4Tgfgqg.dpuf  [Accessed:02.04.2013]    Stat  Chat,  Who’s  winning  the  money  game?  Understanding  campaign  finance  statistics,  [  August  29,  2012]:  http://statchatva.org/2012/08/29/whos-­‐winning-­‐the-­‐money-­‐game-­‐understanding-­‐campaign-­‐finance-­‐statistics/  (Accessed:  March  28,  2013)    Telegraph,  US  Election  Guide:  http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/worldnews/us-­‐election/9480396/US-­‐Election-­‐guide-­‐how-­‐does-­‐the-­‐election-­‐work.html  [Accessed:  02.02.2013]    The  Daily  Beast,  Michael  Tomasky:  The  Path  to  Victory  in  November  for  Barack  Obama  and  the  Democrats[January  31,  2012]:  http://www.thedailybeast.com/articles/2012/01/30/the-­‐path-­‐to-­‐victory-­‐in-­‐november-­‐for-­‐barack-­‐obama-­‐and-­‐the-­‐democrats.html  (Accessed:  July  12,  2013)    

Page 288: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

288   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

The  Statistics  Portal,  Monthly  fundraising  of  Barack  Obama  and  Mitt  Romney  in  the  2012  elections  from  January  to  October  2012  http://www.statista.com/statistics/242980/monthly-­‐fundraising-­‐of-­‐barack-­‐obama-­‐and-­‐mitt-­‐romney-­‐in-­‐the-­‐2012-­‐elections/  (Accessed:  April  29,  2013)    The  Power  of  Social  Fundraising  and  Friends  Asking  Friends:  http://www.npengage.com/social-­‐media/the-­‐power-­‐social-­‐fundraising-­‐and-­‐friends-­‐asking-­‐friends-­‐infographic/  [Accessed:04.09.2013]    Third  Way.    Michelle  Diggles  and  Lanae  Erickson:    2012  Showdown:  Battle  for  the  Obama  Independents,  [February,  2013]  http://content.thirdway.org/publications/485/Third_Way_Report_-­‐_2012_Showdown_Battle_for_the_Obama_Independents.pdf  (Accessed:  October  10,  2013)    Time  News  Feed,  Zafar,  Aylin:  Six  Things  We  Learned  from  Obama’s  Facebook  Timeline  [March  1,  2012]  http://newsfeed.time.com/2012/03/02/six-­‐things-­‐we-­‐learned-­‐from-­‐obamas-­‐facebook-­‐timeline/  (Accessed:  January  19,  2013)    USA  Today,  Schouten,  Fredreka:  Obama  tops  recent  presidents  in  fundraising  attendance,    http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/politics/story/2012-­‐03-­‐07/obama-­‐campaign-­‐fundraising/53402226/1    

Page 289: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   289              

 

Wimble,  Lorie:  The  most  successful  email  subject  line  for  Obama's  campaign  was  "hey",  TECHi.  [March  8,  2012]  http://www.techi.com/2013/03/the-­‐most-­‐successful-­‐email-­‐subject-­‐line-­‐for-­‐obamas-­‐campaign-­‐was-­‐hey/  (Accessed:  May  29,  2013)    WPO  –  Web  Performance  Optimization,  stevesounders.com  [May  7,  2010]  http://www.stevesouders.com/blog/2010/05/07/wpo-­‐web-­‐performance-­‐optimization/  (Accessed:  November  16,  2013)    2012  Presidential  Debate  Schedule,  2016  ELECTION  CENTRAL  [October,  2012]  http://www.uspresidentialelectionnews.com/2012-­‐debate-­‐schedule/2012-­‐presidential-­‐debate-­‐schedule/  (Accessed:  March  21,  2013)    99U,  Scott,  Thomas:  Designing  the  Obama  Campaign,    http://99u.com/videos/5821/scott-­‐thomas-­‐designing-­‐the-­‐obama-­‐campaign  (Accessed:  September  18,  2013)      

Page 290: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

290   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

Appendix  Twentieth Century Campaigning

Twenty-First Century Campaigning

Consultants dominate in creating strategy, in maintaining message discipline, in communicating with public, and getting voters out to vote on election day

Consultants dominate; online component becomes integral part of campaign

Top-down approach More fluid, with ideas, direction, and support from grassroots

Television as most important communication medium

Television important, but explosion of new media, free media online

Relatively more time to craft messages, responses, and analysis

Campaign speeds up; running at 24/7 speed

Much of campaign based guesswork, instinct, and past experience

Heavier reliance on research, data, metrics to guide the campaign

Fundraising through big ticket items; expensive direct mail solicitation; few small-amount donors

Big ticket fundraising important; small-amount donor opening up through inexpensive online technology

Except for presidential contents, Greater involvement of

Page 291: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   291              

 

limited involvement of citizens, beyond voting

citizens, activists; sense that campaign is directly connected to them

How  did  modern  campaigning  change.  Johnson  [2011]

Page 292: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

292   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 

Page 293: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   293              

 

CMCS  Working  Papers  Series.  This  series  is  intended  to:  • Present  high  quality  research  and  writing  (including  research  in-­‐progress)  to  a  wide  audience  of  academics,  policy-­‐makers  and  commercial/media  organisations.  

• Set  the  agenda  in  the  broad  field  of  media  and  communication  studies.  

• Stimulate  debate  and  research  about  political  communication.  • Stimulate  and  inform  debate  and  policy.  • Bridging  different  fields  of  communication  and  politics  studies  

   Editorial  Board  • Series  Editor:  Michele  Sorice,  LUISS  University  • Series  Deputy  Editors:  Emiliana  De  Blasio,  LUISS  University  and  Gregorian  University  and  Paolo  Peverini,  LUISS  University  

 Board  Members  • David  Forgacs,  New  York  University,  USA  • Guido  Gili,  University  of  Molise,  Italy  • Matthew  Hibberd,  University  of  Stirling,  UK  • Michael  Higgins,  University  of  Strathclyde,  UK  • Giuseppe  Richeri,  USI,  CH  • Bruno  Sanguanini,  University  of  Verona,  Italy  • Philip  Schlesinger,  University  of  Glasgow,  UK  • Debra  Spitulnik  Vidali,  Emory  University,  USA  • Michael  Temple,  Staffordshire  University,  UK  • Dario  Edoardo  Viganò,  Lateran  University  and  LUISS,  Italy  

 President  of  the  Advisory  Board  • Leonardo  Morlino,  LUISS  University  

 

Page 294: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

294   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

                                           

Centre  for  Media  and  Communication  Studies  “Massimo  Baldini”  LUISS  “Guido  Carli”  Viale  Romania  32  –  00197  Roma  Tel.  +  39  06  85  225  759  [email protected]        

Page 295: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections   295              

 

 

Page 296: The Last 80 Days Before the Elections

296   CMCS  Working  Papers              

 

 

The  last  80  days  before  the  elections.  Strategic  planning  in  the  Obama  campaign    

   

 

 

Flóra  Anna  Rétfalvi  is  Communications  Consultant  at    SPAR  Magyarország    and  Vice  President  at  Young  European  Leadership.  She  got  MA  in  Governmental  Sciences  at  LUISS  University  and  was  Fellow  at  the  political  campaign  of  Barack  Obama  “Organizing  for  America”